{"title":"1 Drawer Bedside Tables","description":"\u003cp\u003eEvery bedside table on this page has \u003cstrong\u003eone drawer\u003c\/strong\u003e. Most pair it with an open shelf, slot or niche, so the drawer keeps small things out of sight and the shelf holds books or a charger. There are 55 of them, from £37 to £358: 37 that stand on the floor, 20 to 55 cm wide, and 18 that fix to the wall. Each product lists its width, depth and height in centimetres.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBy width\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTables\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePrice\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e£101\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e£121 to £175\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 to 57 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e£51 to £165\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48 to 68.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e44 to 50 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e21\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e£56 to £307\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 to 61 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e£256 to £358\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 to 70 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWall-mounted, 30 to 45 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e£37 to £178\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYou choose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrices are those on each product page when we wrote this; the list below is always current and sorted from cheapest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat the price buys\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ten under £100 are engineered wood, particle board or MDF, as listed, mostly with a woven rattan drawer front or gold-tone legs. The cheapest that stands on the floor is a 40 cm rattan table with an open shelf, at £51. From £101, most are solid mango wood, starting with two 20 cm tables for the narrowest gaps. The 21 tables between 44 and 50 cm wide give the most choice, from £56 on gold-tone legs to £307 with a marble top.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich one fits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMeasure the gap beside your bed at its narrowest point, skirting board included, and leave about 2 cm. For a narrow gap, look at the 20 and 30 cm tables: a 20 cm table needs a gap of at least 22 cm, and a 30 cm table at least 32 cm; most of them are also 30 cm deep or less. For height, match the top of the table to the top of your mattress within about 5 cm. Floor-standing heights here run from 40 cm, for a low bed, to 70 cm, for a tall one. If the floor is taken, the wall-mounted tables leave it clear and go at whatever height you fix them. The \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/bedside-table-height\"\u003eheight guide\u003c\/a\u003e explains how to measure, and the \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003esize checker\u003c\/a\u003e takes your three measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the cheapest one drawer bedside table?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e£37, for the white floating table with a drawer, which fixes to the wall. The cheapest that stands on the floor is the 40 cm rattan table with a woven drawer and an open shelf, at £51. Per table, the grey floating pair is cheaper still: £45 for two.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the narrowest?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo 20 cm solid mango wood tables at £101, one with the drawer above an open slot, the other with the drawer below it. Both are 20 cm deep and 40 cm tall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOne drawer or two?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne drawer usually leaves room for an open shelf, which suits books and anything you reach for without looking. Two or three drawers hide more. Compare them in \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/2-drawer-bedside-tables\"\u003e2 drawer\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/3-drawer-bedside-tables\"\u003e3 drawer bedside tables\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee also \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/narrow-bedside-tables\"\u003enarrow\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/floating-bedside-tables\"\u003ewall-mounted\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/cheap-bedside-tables\"\u003eunder £100\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eall bedside tables\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","products":[{"product_id":"narrow-bedside-table-20-cm-drawer-open-slot","title":"Eden 20 cm Bedside Table, Open Slot and Drawer, Mango Wood","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Eden 20 cm is a bedside table in solid mango wood with a chestnut or light finish, 20 cm wide, 20 cm deep and 40 cm tall, with an open slot above a drawer. It suits a mattress top 35 to 45 cm off the floor. Free UK delivery in 1 working day, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe open slot sits above the drawer on this one, so the top of the table and the slot give you two surfaces at hand height: a lamp on top, the things you reach for every night in the slot, and the rest in the drawer underneath. Softly curved edges and four Nordic-style legs keep a 20 × 20 cm footprint looking light rather than boxy. Available in chestnut or light. If you want the drawer at the top instead, the version with the slot underneath has the same footprint.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWill it fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the gap between your bed and the wall at its narrowest point, including the skirting board. This table needs \u003cstrong\u003e20 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of width and \u003cstrong\u003e20 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat fits on top\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eRoom for a small lamp, or for a book and a glass. A lamp base is usually 12 to 18 cm across and a glass about 9, so 20 cm of width does not take both. Move the light to the wall and the whole top comes back.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHeight\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e40 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e tall, it suits a bed whose mattress top sits between 35 and 45 cm off the floor. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/bedside-table-height\"\u003eHow to measure that\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c!--rangement--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has \u003cstrong\u003eone drawer and one open shelf\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a 22 cm gap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: it is 20 cm wide, and about 2 cm of margin lets the drawer open and your hand reach in, so a gap of 22 cm or more works. It is 20 cm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat bed height does it suit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 40 cm tall, it suits a mattress top between 35 and 45 cm off the floor: the top of a bedside table works best within about 5 cm of the top of the mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy two?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: order two of this table in the same finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrefer a darker wood? See all our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dark-wood-bedside-tables\"\u003edark wood bedside tables\u003c\/a\u003e, with the size of each in cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePacked box\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 × 30 × 30 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Eden 20 cm compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther tables we sell in the same solid mango wood, in similar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/narrow-bedside-table-20-cm-drawer-lower-slot\"\u003eEden 20 cm Bedside Table, Drawer and Lower Slot, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, same height, £101\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/narrow-bedside-table-20-cm-2-drawers\"\u003eEden 20 cm Bedside Table, 2 Drawers, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, same height, from £104\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/round-marble-top-bedside-table-27-cm-mango-wood\"\u003eRound Marble Top Bedside Table, 27 cm, Mango Wood Base\u003c\/a\u003e — 7 cm wider, 5 cm taller, £174\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/narrow-bedside-table-30-cm-wide-chestnut-curved-open\"\u003eEden 30 cm Open Bedside Table, Chestnut Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — 10 cm wider, 10 cm taller, £112\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/20cm-bedside-tables\"\u003eSee every table 20 cm wide or under\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/low-bedside-tables\"\u003ethe low ones, for a low bed\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/narrow-bedside-tables\"\u003ethe whole narrow range\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eevery bedside table we sell\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"Chestnut","offer_id":48167360463011,"sku":"BT-1001","price":111.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Light","offer_id":50542344372387,"sku":"BT-1002","price":101.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/eden-20-cm-bedside-table-open-slot-above-drawer-chestnut-front.jpg?v=1791879214"},{"product_id":"narrow-bedside-table-30-cm-wide-chestnut-curved","title":"Arun 30 cm Bedside Table, Drawer, Chestnut Mango Wood","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Arun is a narrow bedside table in solid mango wood with a chestnut finish, 30 cm wide, 30 cm deep and 40 cm tall, with no legs: its sides curve down to the floor. One drawer with a brass knob sits under the top. Free UK delivery in 1 working day, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo legs: the sides curve down in one piece to the floor, which gives this table a solid, sculpted look and leaves nothing to catch the hoover. A single drawer with a brass knob sits under the top. The footprint is a square 30 × 30 cm and the height 40 cm, so it pairs with a lower bed. Chestnut finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWill it fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the gap between your bed and the wall at its narrowest point, including the skirting board. This table needs \u003cstrong\u003e30 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of width and \u003cstrong\u003e30 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat fits on top\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA lamp and a book, or a lamp and a glass. All three together only if the lamp base is under 14 cm: a lamp at 18, a book at 13 and a glass at 9 need about 40 cm of width between them.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHeight\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e40 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e tall, it suits a bed whose mattress top sits between 35 and 45 cm off the floor. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/bedside-table-height\"\u003eHow to measure that\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c!--rangement--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has \u003cstrong\u003eone drawer\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a 32 cm gap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: it is 30 cm wide, and about 2 cm of margin lets the drawer open and your hand reach in, so a gap of 32 cm or more works. It is 30 cm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat bed height does it suit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 40 cm tall, it suits a mattress top between 35 and 45 cm off the floor: the top of a bedside table works best within about 5 cm of the top of the mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy two?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: order two of this table in the same finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrefer a darker wood? See all our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dark-wood-bedside-tables\"\u003edark wood bedside tables\u003c\/a\u003e, with the size of each in cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePacked box\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 × 40 × 50 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Arun 30 cm compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther tables we sell in the same solid mango wood, in similar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/narrow-bedside-table-35-cm-wide-oak-ish-modern\"\u003eTamar 35 cm Bedside Table, 2 Drawers, Light Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — 5 cm wider, same height, £146\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bedside-table-36-cm-wide-single-shelf\"\u003eKennet 36 cm Slatted Bedside Table, Open Shelf, Light Mango\u003c\/a\u003e — 6 cm wider, same height, £112\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bedside-table-36-cm-2-open-shelves\"\u003eKennet 36 cm Slatted Bedside Table, 2 Open Shelves, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — 6 cm wider, 15 cm taller, from £141\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bedside-table-36-cm-4-drawers-mango-wood\"\u003eWye 36 cm Bedside Table, 4 Drawers, Light Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — 6 cm wider, 20 cm taller, £219\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/small-bedside-table-30-cm-drawer-open-shelf-mango-wood\"\u003eSmall Bedside Table, 30 cm, Drawer and Open Shelf, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 17 cm taller, from £165\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/narrow-bedside-table-30-cm-open-shelf-2-drawers-light\"\u003eNarrow Bedside Table, 30 cm, Open Shelf and 2 Drawers, Light or Chestnut\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 10 cm taller, from £162\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/30cm-bedside-tables\"\u003eSee every table exactly 30 cm wide\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/low-bedside-tables\"\u003ethe low ones, for a low bed\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/narrow-bedside-tables\"\u003ethe whole narrow range\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eevery bedside table we sell\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48167361118371,"sku":"BT-1007","price":121.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/arun-30-cm-bedside-table-chestnut-mango-waterfall-ai-scene-low-bed-v3-2810.webp?v=1793164858"},{"product_id":"wall-mounted-bedside-table-30-cm-drawer","title":"Calder 30 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, Drawer, Mango Wood","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Calder 30 cm is a wall-mounted bedside table in solid mango wood, in light or chestnut, 30 cm wide, 25 cm deep and 15 cm tall, with one drawer in a rounded body. It fixes to the wall, so the floor stays clear and you set the height to match your mattress. Free UK delivery in 1 working day, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e30 cm wide, 25 cm deep, and the carcass is 15 cm tall.\u003c\/strong\u003e It fixes to the wall, so the floor stays clear underneath and the height is whatever you decide it is.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eA rounded shelf with one drawer, 30 cm wide, 25 cm deep and only 15 cm tall. It fixes to the wall, so the floor stays clear underneath and you choose the height to match your mattress. Because the body is so slim, it reads as a floating ledge rather than a cabinet. Solid mango wood, in light or chestnut.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFloor stays clear\u003c\/strong\u003e underneath.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight of your choice\u003c\/strong\u003e: fix it level with your mattress.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOne drawer\u003c\/strong\u003e in a 15 cm tall body.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSolid mango wood\u003c\/strong\u003e, light or chestnut.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eW 30 x D 25 x H 15 cm, 4 kg.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt has one drawer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the fixings included?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. The right fixing depends on your wall: plasterboard, brick and dot-and-dab each need something different.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much weight will it hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is rated for 10 kg on top and 0.5 kg in the drawer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAt what height should I fix it?\u003c\/strong\u003e Level with the top of your mattress, or within about 5 cm of it. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/bedside-table-height\"\u003eOur height guide\u003c\/a\u003e explains how to measure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there a wider version?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the same design in 45 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePacked box\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 × 35 × 25 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Calder 30 cm compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther tables we sell in the same solid mango wood, in similar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wall-mounted-bedside-table-30-cm-wide-chestnut-2-drawers\"\u003eSevern 30 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, 2 Drawers, Chestnut\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, £118\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/curved-wall-mounted-bedside-table-30-cm-drawer-open-slot\"\u003eColn 30 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, Slot and Drawer\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, £126\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wall-mounted-bedside-table-30-cm-wide-chestnut-one-drawer-and-one-open-shelf\"\u003eSevern 30 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, Shelf and Drawer\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, £125\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/floating-bedside-table-30-cm-wide-chestnut-one-drawer-and-one-open-shelf\"\u003eColn 30 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, Drawer and Slot, Chestnut\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, £129\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/floating-bedside-tables\"\u003eSee every wall-mounted piece we stock\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/floating-bedside-tables\"\u003ehow they fix to the wall\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/30cm-bedside-tables\"\u003ethe other 30 cm tables\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eevery bedside table we sell\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"Light","offer_id":48167584235683,"sku":"BT-1013","price":104.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Chestnut","offer_id":50542356136099,"sku":"BT-1014","price":104.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/wall-mounted-bedside-table-30-cm-drawer-1.jpg?v=1790667511"},{"product_id":"wall-mounted-bedside-table-30-cm-wide-chestnut-one-drawer-and-one-open-shelf","title":"Severn 30 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, Shelf and Drawer","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Severn 30 cm is a wall-mounted bedside table in solid mango wood with a chestnut finish, 30 cm wide, 25 cm deep and 24 cm tall, with an open slot above one drawer with a black metal knob. It fixes to the wall at the height you choose. Free UK delivery in 1 working day, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eSquare-edged rather than curved: an open slot on top and one drawer underneath, with a black metal knob. The body is 24 cm tall: the slot keeps a few things in view and the drawer keeps the rest out of sight. Chestnut finish. The two-drawer model from the same range has the same outline.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt has one drawer and one open shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a 32 cm gap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: it is 30 cm wide, and about 2 cm of margin lets the drawer open and your hand reach in, so a gap of 32 cm or more works. It is 25 cm deep, measured from the wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat height should I fix it at?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eLevel with the top of your mattress, or a few centimetres above. Because nothing stands on the floor, you choose the height when you fix it, and the skirting board does not get in the way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy two?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: order two of this table in the same finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrefer a darker wood? See all our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dark-wood-bedside-tables\"\u003edark wood bedside tables\u003c\/a\u003e, with the size of each in cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePacked box\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 × 35 × 34 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Severn 30 cm compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther tables we sell in the same solid mango wood, in similar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wall-mounted-bedside-table-30-cm-drawer\"\u003eCalder 30 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, Drawer, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, £104\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wall-mounted-bedside-table-30-cm-walnut-honey\"\u003eColn 30 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, Drawer, Walnut or Honey\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, from £131\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wall-mounted-bedside-table-30-cm-2-drawers-chestnut\"\u003eWall Mounted Bedside Table, 30 cm, 2 Drawers, Chestnut or Light Mango\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, £134\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/floating-bedside-table-35-cm-wide-oak-ish-2-open-shelves\"\u003eMedway 35 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, 2 Shelves, Light Mango\u003c\/a\u003e — 5 cm wider, £123\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/floating-bedside-tables\"\u003eSee every wall-mounted piece we stock\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/floating-bedside-tables\"\u003ehow they fix to the wall\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/30cm-bedside-tables\"\u003ethe other 30 cm tables\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eevery bedside table we sell\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48167587971235,"sku":"BT-1015","price":125.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/wall-mounted-bedside-table-30-cm-wide-chestnut-one-drawer-and-one-open-shelf-1.jpg?v=1790667511"},{"product_id":"floating-bedside-table-30-cm-wide-chestnut-one-drawer-and-one-open-shelf","title":"Coln 30 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, Drawer and Slot, Chestnut","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Coln 30 cm is a wall-mounted bedside table in solid mango wood with a chestnut finish, 30 cm wide, 25 cm deep and 25 cm tall, with rounded corners, one drawer above an open slot and no legs. It fixes to the wall at the height you choose. Free UK delivery in 1 working day, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eRounded corners, one drawer at the top and an open slot below it, in chestnut. With no legs, the floor under it stays clear, which helps in a small room and where there is a radiator or a socket below the bed side. Note that it is not built to be sat on. Same size as our curved 30 cm wall tables: 30 cm wide, 25 cm deep, 25 cm tall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt has one drawer and one open shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a 32 cm gap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: it is 30 cm wide, and about 2 cm of margin lets the drawer open and your hand reach in, so a gap of 32 cm or more works. It is 25 cm deep, measured from the wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat height should I fix it at?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eLevel with the top of your mattress, or a few centimetres above. Because nothing stands on the floor, you choose the height when you fix it, and the skirting board does not get in the way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy two?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: order two of this table in the same finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrefer a darker wood? See all our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dark-wood-bedside-tables\"\u003edark wood bedside tables\u003c\/a\u003e, with the size of each in cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePacked box\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 × 35 × 35 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.1 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Coln 30 cm compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther tables we sell in the same solid mango wood, in similar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/walnut-floating-bedside-drawer-40-cm-wall-mounted\"\u003eFloating Bedside Drawer, 40 cm, Wall Mounted, Walnut or Natural\u003c\/a\u003e — 10 cm wider, from £138\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wall-mounted-bedside-table-45-cm-drawer\"\u003eCalder 45 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, Drawer, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — 15 cm wider, £118\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wall-mounted-bedside-table-45-cm-wide-oak-ish-one-open-shelf\"\u003eMedway 45 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, Open Shelf, Light Mango\u003c\/a\u003e — 15 cm wider, £120\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/floating-bedside-table-45-cm-wide-oak-ish-one-drawer-and-one-open-shelf\"\u003eMedway 45 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, Drawer and Slot\u003c\/a\u003e — 15 cm wider, £168\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/floating-bedside-tables\"\u003eSee every wall-mounted piece we stock\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/floating-bedside-tables\"\u003ehow they fix to the wall\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/30cm-bedside-tables\"\u003ethe other 30 cm tables\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eevery bedside table we sell\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48167591215267,"sku":"BT-1016","price":129.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/floating-bedside-table-30-cm-wide-chestnut-one-drawer-and-one-open-shelf-1.jpg?v=1790667512"},{"product_id":"wall-mounted-bedside-table-30-cm-walnut-honey","title":"Coln 30 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, Drawer, Walnut or Honey","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis Coln 30 is a wall mounted bedside table in solid mango wood, in California walnut or honey caramel, 30 cm wide, 25 cm deep and 25 cm tall, with a rounded body, a drawer at the top and an open slot below. Free UK delivery in 1 working day, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe only 30 cm wall table we offer in a darker California walnut or a lighter honey caramel. Rounded body, a drawer with a round knob at the top and an open slot beneath it. The two finishes let you match either a darker or a paler bed frame. As with every wall unit, it is not made to be sat on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt has one drawer and one open shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a 32 cm gap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: it is 30 cm wide, and about 2 cm of margin lets the drawer open and your hand reach in, so a gap of 32 cm or more works. It is 25 cm deep, measured from the wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat height should I fix it at?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eLevel with the top of your mattress, or a few centimetres above. Because nothing stands on the floor, you choose the height when you fix it, and the skirting board does not get in the way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy two?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: order two of this table in the same finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrefer a darker wood? See all our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dark-wood-bedside-tables\"\u003edark wood bedside tables\u003c\/a\u003e, with the size of each in cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePacked box\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 × 35 × 35 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.1 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Coln 30 cm compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther tables we sell in the same solid mango wood, in similar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/floating-bedside-table-45-cm-wide-chestnut-2-drawers\"\u003eMedway 45 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, 2 Drawers, Chestnut or Light\u003c\/a\u003e — 15 cm wider, from £171\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wall-mounted-bedside-table-45-cm-woven-drawer-chestnut\"\u003eBrue 45 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, Woven Drawer, Chestnut\u003c\/a\u003e — 15 cm wider, £178\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wall-mounted-bedside-table-30-cm-drawer\"\u003eCalder 30 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, Drawer, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, £104\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wall-mounted-bedside-table-30-cm-wide-chestnut-2-drawers\"\u003eSevern 30 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, 2 Drawers, Chestnut\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, £118\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/floating-bedside-tables\"\u003eSee every wall-mounted piece we stock\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/floating-bedside-tables\"\u003ehow they fix to the wall\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/30cm-bedside-tables\"\u003ethe other 30 cm tables\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eevery bedside table we sell\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"California Walnut","offer_id":48167595868323,"sku":"BT-1017","price":139.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Honey Caramel","offer_id":50542377140387,"sku":"BT-1018","price":131.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/wall-mounted-bedside-table-30-cm-walnut-honey-1.jpg?v=1790666563"},{"product_id":"wall-mounted-bedside-table-45-cm-drawer","title":"Calder 45 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, Drawer, Mango Wood","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Calder 45 is a slim floating bedside table in solid mango wood, 45 cm wide, 32 cm deep and only 15 cm tall, with one long drawer, in light or chestnut. It fixes to the wall at the height you choose and leaves the floor clear. Free UK delivery in 1 working day, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eA wide, slim shelf: 45 cm across but only 15 cm tall, with rounded ends and one long drawer with a small knob. The width gives room for a lamp and a book side by side, while the low body keeps the wall looking uncluttered. Light or chestnut. The 30 cm version has the same profile in a narrower size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt has one drawer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWill it fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt needs \u003cstrong\u003e45 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of wall and comes \u003cstrong\u003e32 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e out from it. Fix it with its top level with your mattress, or a few centimetres above. Nothing stands on the floor, so the skirting board does not eat into the depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDelivery and assembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree UK delivery within 1 working day to the mainland, and 14 days to return. Our specification lists the light version as fully assembled; it does not say for the chestnut one. Wall fixings are not listed in the box, and the right one depends on your wall: \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/floating-bedside-tables\"\u003ewhich fixing suits which wall\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much weight does it hold?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is rated for 15 kg on the top and 1 kg in the drawer, with a fixing that suits your wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy two?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/floating-bedside-tables-set-of-2-45-cm-drawer-mango-wood\"\u003eCalder 45 cm set of 2\u003c\/a\u003e is two of this table in one order, in light or chestnut.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrefer a darker wood? See all our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dark-wood-bedside-tables\"\u003edark wood bedside tables\u003c\/a\u003e, with the size of each in cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePacked box\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55 × 42 × 25 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Calder 45 cm compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther tables we sell in the same solid mango wood, in similar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/floating-bedside-tables-set-of-2-45-cm-drawer-mango-wood\"\u003eCalder 45 cm, set of 2\u003c\/a\u003e — two of this table in light or chestnut, £236 for the pair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/floating-bedside-table-45-cm-wide-oak-ish-one-drawer-and-one-open-shelf\"\u003eMedway 45 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, Drawer and Slot\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, £168\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/floating-bedside-table-45-cm-wide-chestnut-2-drawers\"\u003eMedway 45 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, 2 Drawers, Chestnut or Light\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, from £171\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wall-mounted-bedside-table-45-cm-woven-drawer-chestnut\"\u003eBrue 45 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, Woven Drawer, Chestnut\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, £178\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/floating-bedside-table-35-cm-wide-oak-ish-2-open-shelves\"\u003eMedway 35 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, 2 Shelves, Light Mango\u003c\/a\u003e — 10 cm narrower, £123\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/floating-bedside-tables\"\u003eSee every wall-mounted piece we stock\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/floating-bedside-tables\"\u003ehow they fix to the wall\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eevery bedside table we sell\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"Light","offer_id":48167600717987,"sku":"BT-1021","price":118.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Chestnut","offer_id":50542358233251,"sku":"BT-1022","price":118.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/calder-45-cm-wall-mounted-bedside-table-drawer-mango-wood-light-front-view.webp?v=1793029123"},{"product_id":"floating-bedside-table-45-cm-wide-oak-ish-one-drawer-and-one-open-shelf","title":"Medway 45 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, Drawer and Slot","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Medway 45 cm is a wall-mounted bedside table in solid mango wood with a light finish, 45 cm wide, 32 cm deep and 25 cm tall, with one drawer with a shiny knob above a wide open shelf. It fixes to the wall at the height you choose. Free UK delivery in 1 working day, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eOne drawer with a shiny knob on top and a wide open shelf below, across 45 cm. It splits the space in two: one place for things you want hidden and one for things you want to see. It is listed as fully assembled. Light finish; not made to be sat on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt has one drawer and one open shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a 47 cm gap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: it is 45 cm wide, and about 2 cm of margin lets the drawer open and your hand reach in, so a gap of 47 cm or more works. It is 32 cm deep, measured from the wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat height should I fix it at?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eLevel with the top of your mattress, or a few centimetres above. Because nothing stands on the floor, you choose the height when you fix it, and the skirting board does not get in the way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy two?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: order two of this table in the same finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePacked box\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55 × 45 × 35 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.2 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Medway 45 cm compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther tables we sell in the same solid mango wood, in similar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wall-mounted-bedside-table-45-cm-wide-oak-ish-one-open-shelf\"\u003eMedway 45 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, Open Shelf, Light Mango\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, £120\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/walnut-floating-bedside-drawer-40-cm-wall-mounted\"\u003eFloating Bedside Drawer, 40 cm, Wall Mounted, Walnut or Natural\u003c\/a\u003e — 5 cm narrower, from £138\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/floating-bedside-table-35-cm-wide-oak-ish-2-open-shelves\"\u003eMedway 35 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, 2 Shelves, Light Mango\u003c\/a\u003e — 10 cm narrower, £123\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wall-mounted-bedside-table-30-cm-drawer\"\u003eCalder 30 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, Drawer, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — 15 cm narrower, £104\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/floating-bedside-tables\"\u003eSee every wall-mounted piece we stock\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/floating-bedside-tables\"\u003ehow they fix to the wall\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eevery bedside table we sell\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48167607533731,"sku":"BT-1024","price":168.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/floating-bedside-table-45-cm-wide-oak-ish-one-drawer-and-one-open-shelf-1.jpg?v=1790667548"},{"product_id":"curved-wall-mounted-bedside-table-30-cm-drawer-open-slot","title":"Coln 30 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, Slot and Drawer","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Coln 30 is a small wall mounted bedside table in solid mango wood, 30 cm wide, 25 cm deep and 25 cm tall, with curved edges and an open slot above one drawer, in chestnut or light. It fixes to the wall at the height you choose. Free UK delivery in 1 working day, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eCurved edges all round, one drawer and one open shelf, in a compact 30 cm wall unit. It is available in chestnut or light. Like our other wall units, it is not made to be sat on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt has one drawer and one open shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a 32 cm gap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: it is 30 cm wide, and about 2 cm of margin lets the drawer open and your hand reach in, so a gap of 32 cm or more works. It is 25 cm deep, measured from the wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat height should I fix it at?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eLevel with the top of your mattress, or a few centimetres above. Because nothing stands on the floor, you choose the height when you fix it, and the skirting board does not get in the way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy two?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/wall-mounted-bedside-tables-set-of-2-30-cm-slot-drawer\"\u003eColn 30 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Tables, set of 2\u003c\/a\u003e is two of this table in one order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrefer a darker wood? See all our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dark-wood-bedside-tables\"\u003edark wood bedside tables\u003c\/a\u003e, with the size of each in cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePacked box\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 × 35 × 35 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Coln 30 cm compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther tables we sell in the same solid mango wood, in similar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wall-mounted-bedside-tables-set-of-2-30-cm-slot-drawer\"\u003eColn 30 cm, set of 2\u003c\/a\u003e — two of this table in chestnut or light, £252 for the pair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wall-mounted-bedside-table-30-cm-walnut-honey\"\u003eColn 30 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, Drawer, Walnut or Honey\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, from £131\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wall-mounted-bedside-table-30-cm-2-drawers-chestnut\"\u003eWall Mounted Bedside Table, 30 cm, 2 Drawers, Chestnut or Light Mango\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, £134\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wall-mounted-bedside-table-30-cm-drawer\"\u003eCalder 30 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, Drawer, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, £104\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wall-mounted-bedside-table-30-cm-wide-chestnut-2-drawers\"\u003eSevern 30 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, 2 Drawers, Chestnut\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, £118\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/floating-bedside-tables\"\u003eSee every wall-mounted piece we stock\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/floating-bedside-tables\"\u003ehow they fix to the wall\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/30cm-bedside-tables\"\u003ethe other 30 cm tables\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eevery bedside table we sell\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"Chestnut","offer_id":48167624507555,"sku":"BT-1026","price":126.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Light","offer_id":50542364229795,"sku":"BT-1027","price":126.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/curved-wall-mounted-bedside-table-30-cm-drawer-open-slot-1.jpg?v=1790667548"},{"product_id":"narrow-bedside-table-20-cm-drawer-lower-slot","title":"Eden 20 cm Bedside Table, Drawer and Lower Slot, Mango Wood","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Eden 20 cm is a bedside table in solid mango wood with a chestnut or light finish, 20 cm wide, 20 cm deep and 40 cm tall, with a drawer above an open slot. It suits a mattress top 35 to 45 cm off the floor. Free UK delivery in 1 working day, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eDrawer on top, open slot underneath: the reverse of our open-slot model, with the same 20 × 20 cm footprint and 40 cm height. Having the drawer at the top puts it within easy reach from the pillow, while the lower slot takes books or a spare charger. Softly curved edges and four Nordic-style legs, in chestnut or light.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWill it fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMeasure the gap between your bed and the wall at its narrowest point, including the skirting board. This table needs \u003cstrong\u003e20 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of width and \u003cstrong\u003e20 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of depth. The packed box is 30 × 30 × 30 cm, which is the number that matters if your stairs or doorway are tight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat fits on top\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRoom for a small lamp, or for a book and a glass. A lamp base is usually 12 to 18 cm across and a glass about 9, so 20 cm of width does not take both. Move the light to the wall and the whole top comes back.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt has one drawer and one open shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHeight\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e40 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e tall, it suits a bed whose mattress top sits between 35 and 45 cm off the floor. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/bedside-table-height\"\u003eHow to measure that\u003c\/a\u003e, and \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003ethe size checker\u003c\/a\u003e will tell you in one go.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a 22 cm gap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: it is 20 cm wide, and about 2 cm of margin lets the drawer open and your hand reach in, so a gap of 22 cm or more works. It is 20 cm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat bed height does it suit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 40 cm tall, it suits a mattress top between 35 and 45 cm off the floor: the top of a bedside table works best within about 5 cm of the top of the mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy two?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: order two of this table in the same finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrefer a darker wood? See all our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dark-wood-bedside-tables\"\u003edark wood bedside tables\u003c\/a\u003e, with the size of each in cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePacked box\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 × 30 × 30 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Eden 20 cm compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther tables we sell in the same solid mango wood, in similar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bedside-table-45-cm-drawer-open-shelf-chestnut\"\u003eLune 45 cm Bedside Table, Drawer and Shelf, Chestnut Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — 25 cm wider, 10 cm taller, £237\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bubble-bedside-table-45-cm-2-capsule-drawers-chestnut\"\u003eBubble Bedside Table, 45 cm, 2 Capsule Drawers, Chestnut Mango\u003c\/a\u003e — 25 cm wider, 10 cm taller, £254\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bedside-table-45-cm-brass-plated-drawer-chestnut\"\u003eTrent 45 cm Bedside Table, Brass Plated Drawer, Chestnut\u003c\/a\u003e — 25 cm wider, 18 cm taller, £257\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bedside-table-45-cm-2-drawers-brass-handles\"\u003eDove 45 cm Bedside Table, 2 Drawers, Brass Handles, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — 25 cm wider, 15 cm taller, £259\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/20cm-bedside-tables\"\u003eSee every table 20 cm wide or under\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/low-bedside-tables\"\u003ethe low ones, for a low bed\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/narrow-bedside-tables\"\u003ethe whole narrow range\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eevery bedside table we sell\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"Chestnut","offer_id":48167632634019,"sku":"BT-1028","price":101.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Light","offer_id":50542347419811,"sku":"BT-1029","price":101.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/narrow-bedside-table-20-cm-drawer-lower-slot-1.jpg?v=1790667570"},{"product_id":"bedside-table-45-cm-drawer-open-shelf-fluted","title":"Hamble 45 cm Fluted Bedside Table, Drawer and Shelf, Dark Taupe","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Hamble 45 cm is a fluted bedside table in wood with a dark taupe finish, 45 cm wide, 33 cm deep and 58 cm tall, with a fluted drawer above an open shelf on short turned legs. It suits a mattress top 53 to 63 cm off the floor. Free UK delivery, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eOne fluted drawer on top and an open shelf below, on short turned legs, in the same dark taupe finish as our three-drawer fluted table. At 33 cm deep it is shallower than most 45 cm tables, which helps where the bed leaves little room in front.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWill it fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMeasure the gap between your bed and the wall at its narrowest point, including the skirting board. This table needs \u003cstrong\u003e45 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of width and \u003cstrong\u003e33 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat fits on top\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA lamp and a book, or a lamp and a glass; books and a candle also fit on the open shelf below.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHeight\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e58 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e tall, it suits a bed whose mattress top sits between 53 and 63 cm off the floor. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/bedside-table-height\"\u003eHow to measure that\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--rangement--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has \u003cstrong\u003eone drawer\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eone open shelf\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a 47 cm gap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: it is 45 cm wide, and about 2 cm of margin lets the drawer open and your hand reach in, so a gap of 47 cm or more works. It is 33 cm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat bed height does it suit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 58 cm tall, it suits a mattress top between 53 and 63 cm off the floor: the top of a bedside table works best within about 5 cm of the top of the mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy two?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: order two of this table in the same finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLooking for a grey finish? See all our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/grey-bedside-tables\"\u003egrey bedside tables\u003c\/a\u003e, with the size of each in cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e58 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWood (product description)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Hamble 45 cm compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther tables we sell in similar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bedside-table-45-cm-3-drawers-fluted\"\u003eHamble 45 cm Fluted Bedside Table, 3 Drawers, Dark Taupe\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, same height, £259.95\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bedside-table-48-cm-drawer-shelf-grey-wash\"\u003eExe 48 cm Bedside Table, Drawer and Shelf, Grey Wash\u003c\/a\u003e — 3 cm wider, 1 cm taller, £208\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/painted-bedside-table-48-cm-3-drawers\"\u003eFowey 48 cm Painted Bedside Table, 3 Drawers\u003c\/a\u003e — 3 cm wider, 1 cm taller, £228\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/fluted-bedside-table-42-cm-2-drawers-faceted-front\"\u003eFluted Bedside Table, 42 cm, 2 Drawers, Faceted Front, Brass Handles\u003c\/a\u003e — 3 cm narrower, 3 cm lower, £230\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eSee the full range\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67590751912099,"sku":"BT-1054","price":199.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/fluted-bedside-table-drawer-open-shelf-45-cm-taupe-1.jpg?v=1790931861"},{"product_id":"colour-block-bedside-table-46-cm-1-drawer","title":"Colour Block 46 cm Bedside Table, 1 Drawer, Solid Wood","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Colour Block 46 cm is a blue or orange bedside table in solid wood, 46.5 cm wide, 38 cm deep and 54 cm tall, with one deep drawer, its front raised in round studs, on a black open frame. It suits a mattress top 49 to 59 cm off the floor. Free UK delivery, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA bold, single-colour drawer box on a simple black open frame. The drawer front is raised in rows of round studs, which gives the table its toy-box character, so it suits a child's room as well as a bright grown-up bedroom. One deep drawer keeps the night-time things out of sight, and the 46.5 × 38 cm top leaves room for a lamp and a book side by side. Available in blue or orange.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWill it fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the gap beside your bed at its narrowest point, skirting board included. This table needs \u003cstrong\u003e46.5 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of width and \u003cstrong\u003e38 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHeight\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e54 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e tall, it suits a mattress top between about 49 and 59 cm off the floor. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/bedside-table-height\"\u003eHow to measure that\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDelivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree UK delivery by tracked courier (\u003ca href=\"\/pages\/delivery\"\u003edelivery details\u003c\/a\u003e). Someone needs to be in to sign for it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a 48 cm gap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, just: it is 46.5 cm wide, which leaves 1.5 cm in a 48 cm gap. About 2 cm of margin lets the drawer open and your hand reach in easily, so a gap of 48.5 cm or more is ideal. It is 38 cm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat bed height does it suit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 54 cm tall, it suits a mattress top between 49 and 59 cm off the floor: the top of a bedside table works best within about 5 cm of the top of the mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy two?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: order two of this table in the same finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e38 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e54 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePacked box\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e52 × 36.5 × 43 cm, 11.8 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Colour Block 46 cm Bedside Table compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSimilar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/2-drawer-bedside-table-45-cm-white-or-black\"\u003e2 Drawer Bedside Table, 45 cm, White or Black, Plinth Base\u003c\/a\u003e — 1 cm narrower, 5 cm lower, from £55\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/white-bedside-table-gold-legs-45-cm-drawer-shelf\"\u003eWhite Bedside Table with Gold Legs, 45 cm, Drawer and Shelf\u003c\/a\u003e — 1.5 cm narrower, 6 cm taller, £56\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/rattan-bedside-table-45-cm-walnut-finish-gold-handle\"\u003eRattan Bedside Table, 45 cm, Walnut Finish, Gold Handle\u003c\/a\u003e — 1.5 cm narrower, 1 cm taller, £70\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/white-2-drawer-bedside-table-45-cm-black-metal-legs\"\u003eWhite 2 Drawer Bedside Table, 45 cm, Black Metal Legs\u003c\/a\u003e — 1.5 cm narrower, 4 cm lower, £72\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eSee the full range\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"Blue","offer_id":67632158081187,"sku":"BT-1056","price":149.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange","offer_id":67632158113955,"sku":"BT-1057","price":149.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/5873-02a04043-366a-4e68-affc-9f4bc3474d93.jpg?v=1791387833"},{"product_id":"low-bedside-table-30-cm-drawer-open-shelf","title":"Lune 30 cm Low Bedside Table, Drawer and Shelf, Mango Wood","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Lune 30 cm is a low bedside table in solid mango wood with a chestnut or light finish, 30 cm wide, 30 cm deep and 40 cm tall, with a drawer above an open shelf. It suits a mattress top 35 to 45 cm off the floor. Free UK delivery in 1 working day, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eA low, compact table with a drawer above an open shelf, solid sides that end in curved feet and a scalloped edge detail. At 40 cm tall it is made for a low bed, a platform bed or a child's room.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWill it fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the gap between your bed and the wall at its narrowest point, including the skirting board. This table needs \u003cstrong\u003e30 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of width and \u003cstrong\u003e30 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat fits on top\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA small lamp or a clock and a glass on the 30 × 30 cm top; books go on the shelf below.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHeight\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e40 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e tall, it suits a bed whose mattress top sits between 35 and 45 cm off the floor. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/bedside-table-height\"\u003eHow to measure that\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--rangement--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has \u003cstrong\u003eone drawer\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eone open shelf\u003c\/strong\u003e below it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDelivery and assembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree UK delivery, within 1 working day of your order to the mainland. Our product details do not say whether it arrives assembled. Ask us before you order and we will confirm it in writing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a 32 cm gap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: it is 30 cm wide, and about 2 cm of margin lets the drawer open and your hand reach in, so a gap of 32 cm or more works. It is 30 cm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat bed height does it suit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 40 cm tall, it suits a mattress top between 35 and 45 cm off the floor: the top of a bedside table works best within about 5 cm of the top of the mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy two?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: order two of this table in the same finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Lune 30 cm compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther tables we sell in the same solid mango wood, in similar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/narrow-bedside-table-30-cm-2-drawers-tall-legs\"\u003eAvon 30 cm Bedside Table, 2 Drawers, Tall Legs, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 17 cm taller, from £137\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/small-bedside-table-30-cm-bone-inlay-drawers\"\u003eSmall Bedside Table, 30 cm, 2 Bone Inlay Drawers, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 17 cm taller, £151\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/narrow-walnut-bedside-table-30-cm-drawer-niche\"\u003eNarrow Walnut Finish Bedside Table, 30 cm, Drawer and Niche\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 15 cm taller, £153\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/narrow-curved-bedside-table-30-cm-slot-above-drawer\"\u003eOuse 30 cm Curved Bedside Table, Slot Above Drawer, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 15 cm taller, from £154\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/30cm-bedside-tables\"\u003eSee every table exactly 30 cm wide\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/low-bedside-tables\"\u003ethe low ones, for a low bed\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/narrow-bedside-tables\"\u003ethe whole narrow range\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eevery bedside table we sell\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"Chestnut","offer_id":67633358569635,"sku":"BT-1064","price":154.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Light","offer_id":67633358602403,"sku":"BT-1065","price":154.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/IN3985-2.jpg?v=1791398178"},{"product_id":"bedside-table-45-cm-drawer-open-shelf-chestnut","title":"Lune 45 cm Bedside Table, Drawer and Shelf, Chestnut Mango Wood","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Lune 45 cm is a bedside table in solid mango wood with a chestnut finish, 45 cm wide, 35 cm deep and 50 cm tall, with a drawer with one brass-coloured knob above an open shelf. It suits a mattress top 45 to 55 cm off the floor. Free UK delivery in 1 working day, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe full-size version of our low Lune table: a drawer with a single brass-coloured knob above an open shelf, solid sides with curved feet and a scalloped top edge, in chestnut.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWill it fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the gap between your bed and the wall at its narrowest point, including the skirting board. This table needs \u003cstrong\u003e45 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of width and \u003cstrong\u003e35 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat fits on top\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA lamp, a book and a glass side by side on the 45 × 35 cm top, with more books on the shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHeight\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e50 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e tall, it suits a bed whose mattress top sits between 45 and 55 cm off the floor. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/bedside-table-height\"\u003eHow to measure that\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--rangement--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has \u003cstrong\u003eone drawer\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eone open shelf\u003c\/strong\u003e below it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDelivery and assembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree UK delivery, within 1 working day of your order to the mainland. Our specification lists it as knock-down, so expect some light assembly before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a 47 cm gap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: it is 45 cm wide, and about 2 cm of margin lets the drawer open and your hand reach in, so a gap of 47 cm or more works. It is 35 cm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat bed height does it suit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 50 cm tall, it suits a mattress top between 45 and 55 cm off the floor: the top of a bedside table works best within about 5 cm of the top of the mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy two?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: order two of this table in the same finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePacked box\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55.0 × 45.0 × 60.0 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Lune 45 cm compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther tables we sell in the same solid mango wood, in similar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bubble-bedside-table-45-cm-2-capsule-drawers-chestnut\"\u003eBubble Bedside Table, 45 cm, 2 Capsule Drawers, Chestnut Mango\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, same height, £254\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bedside-table-45-cm-brass-plated-drawer-chestnut\"\u003eTrent 45 cm Bedside Table, Brass Plated Drawer, Chestnut\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 8 cm taller, £257\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bedside-table-45-cm-2-drawers-brass-handles\"\u003eDove 45 cm Bedside Table, 2 Drawers, Brass Handles, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 5 cm taller, £259\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/spindle-leg-bedside-table-45-cm-drawer-shelf\"\u003eWear 45 cm Spindle Leg Bedside Table, Drawer and Shelf\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 10 cm taller, £267\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bedside-table-with-shelf-45-cm-drawer-chestnut\"\u003eBedside Table with Shelf, 45 cm, Drawer, Rounded Frame, Chestnut\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, same height, £209\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bedside-table-45-cm-drawer-open-slot-light-mango\"\u003eBedside Table, 45 cm, Drawer and Open Slot, Light Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 7 cm taller, £195\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eSee the full range\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"Chestnut","offer_id":67633361027235,"sku":"BT-1066","price":237.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/IN1731-1-1.jpg?v=1791398201"},{"product_id":"narrow-curved-bedside-table-30-cm-drawer-slot","title":"Ouse 30 cm Curved Bedside Table, Drawer and Slot, Mango Wood","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Ouse 30 is a narrow curved bedside table in solid mango wood, 30 cm wide, 30 cm deep and 55 cm tall, with a drawer above an open slot, on tapered legs, in chestnut or light. It suits a mattress top 50 to 60 cm off the floor. Free UK delivery in 1 working day, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe narrow version of our curved Ouse table: a drawer above an open slot, rounded edges and four tapered legs, in 30 cm of width. The slot takes a book or a phone so the drawer stays for the rest.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWill it fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the gap between your bed and the wall at its narrowest point, including the skirting board. This table needs \u003cstrong\u003e30 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of width and \u003cstrong\u003e30 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat fits on top\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA small lamp or a phone and a glass on the 30 × 30 cm top.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHeight\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e55 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e tall, it suits a bed whose mattress top sits between 50 and 60 cm off the floor. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/bedside-table-height\"\u003eHow to measure that\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--rangement--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has \u003cstrong\u003eone drawer\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eone open slot\u003c\/strong\u003e below it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDelivery and assembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree UK delivery, within 1 working day of your order to the mainland. Our specification lists the chestnut version as fully assembled and the light version as knock-down, so expect some light assembly for the light one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a 32 cm gap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: it is 30 cm wide, and about 2 cm of margin lets the drawer open and your hand reach in, so a gap of 32 cm or more works. It is 30 cm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat bed height does it suit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 55 cm tall, it suits a mattress top between 50 and 60 cm off the floor: the top of a bedside table works best within about 5 cm of the top of the mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy two?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/curved-bedside-tables-set-of-2-30-cm-drawer-slot\"\u003eOuse 30 cm Curved Bedside Tables, set of 2\u003c\/a\u003e is two of this table in one order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Ouse 30 cm compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther tables we sell in the same solid mango wood, in similar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/curved-bedside-tables-set-of-2-30-cm-drawer-slot\"\u003eOuse 30 cm, set of 2\u003c\/a\u003e — two of this table in chestnut or light, from £296 for the pair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/low-bedside-table-30-cm-drawer-open-shelf\"\u003eLune 30 cm Low Bedside Table, Drawer and Shelf, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 15 cm lower, £154\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cube-carved-bedside-table-30-cm-2-drawers-tall-legs\"\u003eRother 30 cm Cube Carved Bedside Table, 2 Drawers, Light or Chestnut\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 7 cm taller, from £160\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/carved-bedside-table-30-cm-2-drawers-niche\"\u003eNidd 30 cm Carved Bedside Table, 2 Drawers and Niche, Light Mango\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, same height, £188\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/round-drum-bedside-table-30-cm-3-drawers\"\u003eTees 30 cm Round Drum Bedside Table, 3 Drawers, Chestnut\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 2 cm taller, £205\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/30cm-bedside-tables\"\u003eSee every table exactly 30 cm wide\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/narrow-bedside-tables\"\u003ethe whole narrow range\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eevery bedside table we sell\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"Chestnut","offer_id":67633362043043,"sku":"BT-1067","price":148.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Light","offer_id":67633362075811,"sku":"BT-1068","price":154.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/IN3350-1-1.jpg?v=1791398229"},{"product_id":"bedside-table-45-cm-brass-plated-drawer-chestnut","title":"Trent 45 cm Bedside Table, Brass Plated Drawer, Chestnut","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Trent 45 cm is a bedside table in solid mango wood with a chestnut finish, 45 cm wide, 35 cm deep and 58 cm tall, with a brass plated drawer front and an open slot. It suits a mattress top 53 to 63 cm off the floor. Free UK delivery in 1 working day, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eA chestnut table whose drawer front is plated in brass and embossed with a fan pattern, above an open slot. A low rail runs round the back and sides of the top, and the tapered legs end in brass caps. The front is plated, not solid brass.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWill it fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the gap between your bed and the wall at its narrowest point, including the skirting board. This table needs \u003cstrong\u003e45 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of width and \u003cstrong\u003e35 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat fits on top\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA lamp and a book or a glass; the rail stops things sliding off the back and sides.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHeight\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e58 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e tall, it suits a bed whose mattress top sits between 53 and 63 cm off the floor. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/bedside-table-height\"\u003eHow to measure that\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--rangement--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has \u003cstrong\u003eone drawer\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eone open slot\u003c\/strong\u003e below it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDelivery and assembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree UK delivery, within 1 working day of your order to the mainland. The product listings disagree on whether it arrives assembled, so plan for some light assembly. Ask us before you order and we will confirm it in writing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a 47 cm gap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: it is 45 cm wide, and about 2 cm of margin lets the drawer open and your hand reach in, so a gap of 47 cm or more works. It is 35 cm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat bed height does it suit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 58 cm tall, it suits a mattress top between 53 and 63 cm off the floor: the top of a bedside table works best within about 5 cm of the top of the mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy two?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: order two of this table in the same finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e58 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePacked box\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55.0 × 45.0 × 48.0 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Trent 45 cm compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther tables we sell in the same solid mango wood, in similar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bedside-table-45-cm-drawer-open-shelf-chestnut\"\u003eLune 45 cm Bedside Table, Drawer and Shelf, Chestnut Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 8 cm lower, £237\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/arched-shelf-bedside-table-45-cm-1-drawer-mango\"\u003eArched Shelf Bedside Table, 45 cm, 1 Drawer, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 3 cm lower, £271\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/3-drawer-bedside-table-45-cm-solid-mango-wood\"\u003e3 Drawer Bedside Table, 45 cm, Solid Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 2 cm taller, from £280\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bamboo-style-bedside-table-45-cm-drawer-shelf\"\u003eBamboo Style Bedside Table, 45 cm, Drawer and Shelf, Dark Mango\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 2 cm taller, £289\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bedside-table-with-shelf-45-cm-drawer-chestnut\"\u003eBedside Table with Shelf, 45 cm, Drawer, Rounded Frame, Chestnut\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 8 cm lower, £209\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bedside-table-45-cm-drawer-open-slot-light-mango\"\u003eBedside Table, 45 cm, Drawer and Open Slot, Light Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 1 cm lower, £195\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eSee the full range\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"Chestnut","offer_id":67633364271267,"sku":"BT-1069","price":257.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/products-in533-3.jpg?v=1791398256"},{"product_id":"spindle-leg-bedside-table-45-cm-drawer-shelf","title":"Wear 45 cm Spindle Leg Bedside Table, Drawer and Shelf","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Wear 45 cm is a spindle leg bedside table in solid mango wood with an amber or winewood oak finish, 45 cm wide, 35 cm deep and 60 cm tall, with a drawer and open shelf. It suits a mattress top 55 to 65 cm off the floor. Free UK delivery in 1 working day, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eA drawer under a slightly overhanging top, on four carved spindle legs with an open shelf between them, in a warm honey tone or a very dark wine-brown. At 60 cm it suits a taller bed or a deep mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWill it fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the gap between your bed and the wall at its narrowest point, including the skirting board. This table needs \u003cstrong\u003e45 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of width and \u003cstrong\u003e35 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat fits on top\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA lamp, a book and a glass side by side, with more books on the lower shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHeight\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e60 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e tall, it suits a bed whose mattress top sits between 55 and 65 cm off the floor. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/bedside-table-height\"\u003eHow to measure that\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--rangement--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has \u003cstrong\u003eone drawer\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eone open shelf\u003c\/strong\u003e between the legs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDelivery and assembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree UK delivery, within 1 working day of your order to the mainland. Our specification lists it as fully assembled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a 47 cm gap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: it is 45 cm wide, and about 2 cm of margin lets the drawer open and your hand reach in, so a gap of 47 cm or more works. It is 35 cm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat bed height does it suit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 60 cm tall, it suits a mattress top between 55 and 65 cm off the floor: the top of a bedside table works best within about 5 cm of the top of the mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy two?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: order two of this table in the same finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePacked box\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55 × 45 × 70 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Wear 45 cm compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther tables we sell in the same solid mango wood, in similar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/rattan-door-bedside-cabinet-40-cm-open-shelf-mango\"\u003eRattan Door Bedside Cabinet, 40 cm, Open Shelf, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — 5 cm narrower, same height, £166\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bedside-table-36-cm-4-drawers-mango-wood\"\u003eWye 36 cm Bedside Table, 4 Drawers, Light Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — 9 cm narrower, same height, £219\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wide-dark-bedside-table-55-cm-drawer-shelf-mocha\"\u003eWide Dark Bedside Table, 55 cm, Drawer and Shelf, Mocha Mango\u003c\/a\u003e — 10 cm wider, 10 cm lower, £256\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/rattan-bedside-table-55-cm-woven-top-mango-wood\"\u003eRattan Bedside Table, 55 cm, Woven Top, Solid Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — 10 cm wider, 5 cm lower, £264\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/curved-bedside-table-45-cm-drawer-open-slot-chestnut\"\u003eCurved Bedside Table, 45 cm, Drawer and Open Slot, Chestnut\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 4 cm lower, £217\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/2-drawer-bedside-table-45-cm-light-mango-splayed-legs\"\u003e2 Drawer Bedside Table, 45 cm, Light Mango Wood, Splayed Legs\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 3 cm lower, £241\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eSee the full range\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"Amber Oak","offer_id":67633371906211,"sku":"BT-1071","price":267.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Winewood Oak","offer_id":67644766290083,"sku":"BT-1140","price":267.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/IN4120-2.jpg?v=1791398312"},{"product_id":"bedside-table-48-cm-drawer-shelf-grey-wash","title":"Exe 48 cm Bedside Table, Drawer and Shelf, Grey Wash","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Exe 48 cm is a bedside table in wood with a grey wash finish, 48 cm wide, 43 cm deep and 59 cm tall, with a drawer above an open shelf, a round metal knob and tapered square legs. It suits a mattress top 54 to 64 cm off the floor. Free UK delivery, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eA drawer with a panelled front and a round metal knob above an open shelf, on four tapered square legs, in a weathered grey-brown wash. At 48 × 43 cm it gives a wide, deep top for a double or king bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWill it fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the gap between your bed and the wall at its narrowest point, including the skirting board. This table needs \u003cstrong\u003e48 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of width and \u003cstrong\u003e43 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat fits on top\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA full lamp, a stack of books and a glass, with room to spare.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHeight\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e59 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e tall, it suits a bed whose mattress top sits between 54 and 64 cm off the floor. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/bedside-table-height\"\u003eHow to measure that\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--rangement--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has \u003cstrong\u003eone drawer\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eone open shelf\u003c\/strong\u003e below it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDelivery and assembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree UK delivery, within 3 working days of your order to the mainland. Our product details do not say whether it arrives assembled. Ask us before you order and we will confirm it in writing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a 50 cm gap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: it is 48 cm wide, and about 2 cm of margin lets the drawer open and your hand reach in, so a gap of 50 cm or more works. It is 43 cm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat bed height does it suit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 59 cm tall, it suits a mattress top between 54 and 64 cm off the floor: the top of a bedside table works best within about 5 cm of the top of the mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy two?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: order two of this table in the same finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLooking for a grey finish? See all our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/grey-bedside-tables\"\u003egrey bedside tables\u003c\/a\u003e, with the size of each in cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a king or super king bed, see all our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/wide-bedside-tables\"\u003ewide bedside tables\u003c\/a\u003e, with the size of each in cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e43 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e59 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.7000 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eOur specification describes the material as wood and does not say which parts are solid and which are engineered, so we do not claim either.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Exe 48 cm compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther tables we sell in similar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wide-bedside-table-55-cm-2-drawers-washed-wood\"\u003eItchen 55 cm Bedside Table, 2 Drawers, Washed Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — 7 cm wider, 6 cm lower, £335\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/fluted-bedside-table-45-cm-drawer-shelf-column-legs\"\u003eHamble 45 cm Fluted Bedside Table, Column Legs, Drawer and Shelf\u003c\/a\u003e — 3 cm narrower, 2 cm taller, £169\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bedside-table-45-cm-drawer-open-shelf-fluted\"\u003eHamble 45 cm Fluted Bedside Table, Drawer and Shelf, Dark Taupe\u003c\/a\u003e — 3 cm narrower, 1 cm lower, £199.95\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bedside-table-45-cm-3-drawers-fluted\"\u003eHamble 45 cm Fluted Bedside Table, 3 Drawers, Dark Taupe\u003c\/a\u003e — 3 cm narrower, 1 cm lower, £259.95\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eSee the full range\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"Grey Wash","offer_id":67633375936675,"sku":"BT-1073","price":208.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/23894-b.jpg?v=1791398364"},{"product_id":"fluted-bedside-table-45-cm-drawer-shelf-column-legs","title":"Hamble 45 cm Fluted Bedside Table, Column Legs, Drawer and Shelf","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Hamble 45 cm is a fluted bedside table in wood with a dark grey finish, 45 cm wide, 35 cm deep and 61 cm tall, with a reeded drawer above an open shelf, on four round column legs. It suits a mattress top 56 to 66 cm off the floor. Free UK delivery, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eFrom the same fluted range as our other Hamble tables, this one stands on four round column legs with ring details: a reeded drawer with a recessed pull above an open shelf, in a dark grey-brown finish. At 61 cm it is the tallest Hamble.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWill it fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the gap between your bed and the wall at its narrowest point, including the skirting board. This table needs \u003cstrong\u003e45 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of width and \u003cstrong\u003e35 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat fits on top\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA lamp and a book or a glass on the 45 × 35 cm top, with books on the shelf below.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHeight\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e61 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e tall, it suits a bed whose mattress top sits between 56 and 66 cm off the floor. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/bedside-table-height\"\u003eHow to measure that\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--rangement--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has \u003cstrong\u003eone drawer\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eone open shelf\u003c\/strong\u003e below it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDelivery and assembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree UK delivery, within 3 working days of your order to the mainland. Our product details do not say whether it arrives assembled. Ask us before you order and we will confirm it in writing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a 47 cm gap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: it is 45 cm wide, and about 2 cm of margin lets the drawer open and your hand reach in, so a gap of 47 cm or more works. It is 35 cm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat bed height does it suit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 61 cm tall, it suits a mattress top between 56 and 66 cm off the floor: the top of a bedside table works best within about 5 cm of the top of the mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy two?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: order two of this table in the same finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLooking for a grey finish? See all our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/grey-bedside-tables\"\u003egrey bedside tables\u003c\/a\u003e, with the size of each in cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e61 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.0000 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eOur specification describes the material as wood and does not say which parts are solid and which are engineered, so we do not claim either.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Hamble 45 cm compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther tables we sell in similar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/fluted-bedside-table-42-cm-2-drawers-faceted-front\"\u003eFluted Bedside Table, 42 cm, 2 Drawers, Faceted Front, Brass Handles\u003c\/a\u003e — 3 cm narrower, 6 cm lower, £230\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wide-bedside-table-55-cm-2-drawers-washed-wood\"\u003eItchen 55 cm Bedside Table, 2 Drawers, Washed Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — 10 cm wider, 8 cm lower, £335\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/grey-round-bedside-table-45-cm-two-tier\"\u003eGrey Round Bedside Table, 45 cm, Two Tier, Turned Legs\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 1 cm lower, £101\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bedside-table-45-cm-drawer-open-shelf-fluted\"\u003eHamble 45 cm Fluted Bedside Table, Drawer and Shelf, Dark Taupe\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 3 cm lower, £199.95\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eSee the full range\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"Dark Grey","offer_id":67633376854179,"sku":"BT-1074","price":169.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/24320-a.jpg?v=1791398392"},{"product_id":"painted-bedside-table-48-cm-drawer-shelf","title":"Fowey 48 cm Painted Bedside Table, Drawer and Shelf","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Fowey 48 cm is a painted bedside table in wood with a black finish, 48 cm wide, 40 cm deep and 61 cm tall, with a panelled drawer with a round metal knob above an open shelf, on turned legs. It suits a mattress top 56 to 66 cm off the floor. Free UK delivery, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eA painted table with a panelled drawer, a round metal knob and an open shelf, on turned legs, with a plank-pattern top. The colour is listed as black; in its photos it reads as a very dark blue-black.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWill it fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the gap between your bed and the wall at its narrowest point, including the skirting board. This table needs \u003cstrong\u003e48 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of width and \u003cstrong\u003e40 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat fits on top\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA full lamp, a book and a glass on the 48 × 40 cm top.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHeight\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e61 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e tall, it suits a bed whose mattress top sits between 56 and 66 cm off the floor. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/bedside-table-height\"\u003eHow to measure that\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--rangement--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has \u003cstrong\u003eone drawer\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eone open shelf\u003c\/strong\u003e below it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDelivery and assembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree UK delivery, within 3 working days of your order to the mainland. Our product details do not say whether it arrives assembled. Ask us before you order and we will confirm it in writing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a 50 cm gap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: it is 48 cm wide, and about 2 cm of margin lets the drawer open and your hand reach in, so a gap of 50 cm or more works. It is 40 cm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat bed height does it suit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 61 cm tall, it suits a mattress top between 56 and 66 cm off the floor: the top of a bedside table works best within about 5 cm of the top of the mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy two?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: order two of this table in the same finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a king or super king bed, see all our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/wide-bedside-tables\"\u003ewide bedside tables\u003c\/a\u003e, with the size of each in cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e61 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.0000 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eOur specification describes the material as wood and does not say which parts are solid and which are engineered, so we do not claim either.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Fowey 48 cm compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther tables we sell in similar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bedside-table-48-cm-drawer-shelf-grey-wash\"\u003eExe 48 cm Bedside Table, Drawer and Shelf, Grey Wash\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 2 cm lower, £208\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/painted-bedside-table-48-cm-3-drawers\"\u003eFowey 48 cm Painted Bedside Table, 3 Drawers\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 2 cm lower, £228\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/fluted-bedside-table-45-cm-drawer-shelf-column-legs\"\u003eHamble 45 cm Fluted Bedside Table, Column Legs, Drawer and Shelf\u003c\/a\u003e — 3 cm narrower, same height, £169\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bedside-table-45-cm-3-drawers-fluted\"\u003eHamble 45 cm Fluted Bedside Table, 3 Drawers, Dark Taupe\u003c\/a\u003e — 3 cm narrower, 3 cm lower, £259.95\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eSee the full range\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":67633380524195,"sku":"BT-1075","price":169.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/24327-a.jpg?v=1791398419"},{"product_id":"wall-mounted-bedside-table-35-cm-pillar-front-oak","title":"Wey 35 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, Pillar Front, Oak","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Wey 35 cm is a wall-mounted bedside table in oak wood with a tiger oak finish, 35 cm wide, 25 cm deep and 20 cm tall, with an open niche above a drawer, and turned front-corner pillars. It fixes to the wall at the height you choose. Free UK delivery in 1 working day, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eA small wall unit with an open niche above a drawer, a brass ring pull and turned pillars on the front corners. It hangs on a rail screwed to the wall, so the floor stays clear underneath and you choose the height. Our product details do not say whether screws and wall plugs come with it: plan on fixings suited to your wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWill it fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the gap between your bed and the wall at its narrowest point, including the skirting board. This table needs \u003cstrong\u003e35 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of width and \u003cstrong\u003e25 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat fits on top\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA phone, a glass and a small lamp on the 35 × 25 cm top; glasses or a book in the niche.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHeight\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is wall mounted, so you choose the height: fix it with the top level with your mattress or a few centimetres above. The unit itself is \u003cstrong\u003e20 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e tall. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/bedside-table-height\"\u003eHow to measure that\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--rangement--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has \u003cstrong\u003eone drawer\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eone open niche\u003c\/strong\u003e above it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDelivery and assembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree UK delivery, within 1 working day of your order to the mainland. Our specification lists it as fully assembled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a 37 cm gap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: it is 35 cm wide, and about 2 cm of margin leaves room for your hand, so a gap of 37 cm or more works. It is 25 cm deep, measured from the wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat height should I fix it at?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eLevel with the top of your mattress, or a few centimetres above. Because nothing stands on the floor, you choose the height when you fix it, and the skirting board does not get in the way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy two?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: order two of this table in the same finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePacked box\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 × 35 × 30 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Wey 35 cm compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSimilar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wall-mounted-bedside-table-35-cm-box-frame-oak\"\u003eWey 35 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, Box Frame, Oak\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, £153\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/oval-wall-mounted-bedside-table-40-cm-fluted-oak\"\u003eWey 40 cm Oval Wall Mounted Bedside Table, Fluted, Oak\u003c\/a\u003e — 5 cm wider, £168\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/floating-bedside-table-35-cm-wide-oak-ish-2-open-shelves\"\u003eMedway 35 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, 2 Shelves, Light Mango\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, £123\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/curved-wall-mounted-bedside-table-30-cm-drawer-open-slot\"\u003eColn 30 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, Slot and Drawer\u003c\/a\u003e — 5 cm narrower, £126\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/oak-floating-bedside-table-35-cm-drawer\"\u003eWey 35 cm Oak Floating Bedside Table with Drawer\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, £138\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/floating-bedside-tables\"\u003eSee every wall-mounted piece we stock\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/floating-bedside-tables\"\u003ehow they fix to the wall\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eevery bedside table we sell\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"Tiger Oak","offer_id":67634963972259,"sku":"BT-1077","price":153.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/IN4228-1.jpg?v=1791409499"},{"product_id":"wall-mounted-bedside-table-35-cm-box-frame-oak","title":"Wey 35 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, Box Frame, Oak","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Wey 35 cm is a wall-mounted bedside table in oak wood with a tiger oak finish, 35 cm wide, 25 cm deep and 20 cm tall, with a drawer above an open shelf and rounded lower corners. It fixes to the wall at the height you choose. Free UK delivery in 1 working day, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eA boxy wall unit with rounded lower corners: a drawer with a brass ring pull above an open shelf. It hangs on a rail screwed to the wall, so the floor stays clear underneath and you choose the height. Our product details do not say whether screws and wall plugs come with it: plan on fixings suited to your wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWill it fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the gap between your bed and the wall at its narrowest point, including the skirting board. This table needs \u003cstrong\u003e35 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of width and \u003cstrong\u003e25 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat fits on top\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA phone, a glass and a small lamp on the 35 × 25 cm top; a book on the open shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHeight\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is wall mounted, so you choose the height: fix it with the top level with your mattress or a few centimetres above. The unit itself is \u003cstrong\u003e20 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e tall. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/bedside-table-height\"\u003eHow to measure that\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--rangement--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has \u003cstrong\u003eone drawer\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eone open shelf\u003c\/strong\u003e below it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDelivery and assembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree UK delivery, within 1 working day of your order to the mainland. Our specification lists it as fully assembled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a 37 cm gap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: it is 35 cm wide, and about 2 cm of margin leaves room for your hand, so a gap of 37 cm or more works. It is 25 cm deep, measured from the wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat height should I fix it at?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eLevel with the top of your mattress, or a few centimetres above. Because nothing stands on the floor, you choose the height when you fix it, and the skirting board does not get in the way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy two?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: order two of this table in the same finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePacked box\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 × 35 × 30 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Wey 35 cm compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSimilar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wall-mounted-bedside-table-35-cm-pillar-front-oak\"\u003eWey 35 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, Pillar Front, Oak\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, £153\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/oval-wall-mounted-bedside-table-40-cm-fluted-oak\"\u003eWey 40 cm Oval Wall Mounted Bedside Table, Fluted, Oak\u003c\/a\u003e — 5 cm wider, £168\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wall-mounted-bedside-table-30-cm-wide-chestnut-one-drawer-and-one-open-shelf\"\u003eSevern 30 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, Shelf and Drawer\u003c\/a\u003e — 5 cm narrower, £125\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/floating-bedside-table-30-cm-wide-chestnut-one-drawer-and-one-open-shelf\"\u003eColn 30 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, Drawer and Slot, Chestnut\u003c\/a\u003e — 5 cm narrower, £129\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/oak-floating-bedside-table-35-cm-drawer\"\u003eWey 35 cm Oak Floating Bedside Table with Drawer\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, £138\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/floating-bedside-tables\"\u003eSee every wall-mounted piece we stock\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/floating-bedside-tables\"\u003ehow they fix to the wall\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eevery bedside table we sell\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"Tiger Oak","offer_id":67634964398243,"sku":"BT-1078","price":153.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/IN4229-1.jpg?v=1791409508"},{"product_id":"oval-wall-mounted-bedside-table-40-cm-fluted-oak","title":"Wey 40 cm Oval Wall Mounted Bedside Table, Fluted, Oak","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Wey 40 cm is an oval wall-mounted bedside table in oak wood with a tiger oak finish, 40 cm wide, 25 cm deep and 20 cm tall, with fluted sides, a drawer above a wide open shelf. It fixes to the wall at the height you choose. Free UK delivery in 1 working day, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eAn oval wall unit with fluted sides and a rounded top: a drawer with a brass ring pull above a wide open shelf. It hangs on a rail screwed to the wall, so the floor stays clear underneath and you choose the height. Our product details do not say whether screws and wall plugs come with it: plan on fixings suited to your wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWill it fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the gap between your bed and the wall at its narrowest point, including the skirting board. This table needs \u003cstrong\u003e40 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of width and \u003cstrong\u003e25 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat fits on top\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA phone, a glass and a small lamp on the 40 × 25 cm top; books on the open shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHeight\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is wall mounted, so you choose the height: fix it with the top level with your mattress or a few centimetres above. The unit itself is \u003cstrong\u003e20 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e tall. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/bedside-table-height\"\u003eHow to measure that\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--rangement--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has \u003cstrong\u003eone drawer\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eone open shelf\u003c\/strong\u003e below it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDelivery and assembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree UK delivery, within 1 working day of your order to the mainland. Our specification lists it as fully assembled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a 42 cm gap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: it is 40 cm wide, and about 2 cm of margin leaves room for your hand, so a gap of 42 cm or more works. It is 25 cm deep, measured from the wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat height should I fix it at?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eLevel with the top of your mattress, or a few centimetres above. Because nothing stands on the floor, you choose the height when you fix it, and the skirting board does not get in the way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy two?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: order two of this table in the same finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrefer a softer shape? See all our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/round-bedside-tables\"\u003eround bedside tables\u003c\/a\u003e, with the size of each in cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePacked box\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 × 35 × 30 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Wey 40 cm compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSimilar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wall-mounted-bedside-table-35-cm-pillar-front-oak\"\u003eWey 35 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, Pillar Front, Oak\u003c\/a\u003e — 5 cm narrower, £153\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wall-mounted-bedside-table-35-cm-box-frame-oak\"\u003eWey 35 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, Box Frame, Oak\u003c\/a\u003e — 5 cm narrower, £153\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/walnut-floating-bedside-drawer-40-cm-wall-mounted\"\u003eFloating Bedside Drawer, 40 cm, Wall Mounted, Walnut or Natural\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, from £138\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wall-mounted-bedside-table-45-cm-drawer\"\u003eCalder 45 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, Drawer, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — 5 cm wider, £118\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/floating-bedside-tables\"\u003eSee every wall-mounted piece we stock\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/floating-bedside-tables\"\u003ehow they fix to the wall\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eevery bedside table we sell\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"Tiger Oak","offer_id":67634964627619,"sku":"BT-1079","price":168.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/IN4227-1.jpg?v=1791409516"},{"product_id":"wall-mounted-bedside-table-45-cm-woven-drawer-chestnut","title":"Brue 45 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, Woven Drawer, Chestnut","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Brue 45 cm is a wall-mounted bedside table in solid mango wood with a chestnut finish, 45 cm wide, 32 cm deep and 25 cm tall, with a drawer with a woven, cane-style panel above an open slot. It fixes to the wall at the height you choose. Free UK delivery in 1 working day, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrefer a table that stands on the floor? See our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/curved-bedside-tables-set-of-2-30-cm-drawer-slot\"\u003efreestanding curved bedside tables, set of two\u003c\/a\u003e, 30 cm wide each.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eA chestnut wall unit with strongly rounded corners: a drawer with a woven, cane-style panel and a small gold-tone knob above an open slot. It hangs on a rail fixed to the wall, so the floor stays clear and you choose the height. Our product details do not name the woven material, and do not say whether screws and wall plugs come with it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWill it fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the gap between your bed and the wall at its narrowest point, including the skirting board. This table needs \u003cstrong\u003e45 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of width and \u003cstrong\u003e32 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat fits on top\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA lamp, a book and a glass side by side on the 45 × 32 cm top.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHeight\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is wall mounted, so you choose the height: fix it with the top level with your mattress or a few centimetres above. The unit itself is \u003cstrong\u003e25 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e tall. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/bedside-table-height\"\u003eHow to measure that\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--rangement--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has \u003cstrong\u003eone drawer\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eone open slot\u003c\/strong\u003e below it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDelivery and assembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree UK delivery, within 1 working day of your order to the mainland. Our specification lists it as fully assembled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a 47 cm gap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: it is 45 cm wide, and about 2 cm of margin lets the drawer open and your hand reach in, so a gap of 47 cm or more works. It is 32 cm deep, measured from the wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat height should I fix it at?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eLevel with the top of your mattress, or a few centimetres above. Because nothing stands on the floor, you choose the height when you fix it, and the skirting board does not get in the way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy two?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: order two of this table in the same finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePacked box\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55.0 × 42.0 × 35.0 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Brue 45 cm compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther tables we sell in the same solid mango wood, in similar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wall-mounted-bedside-table-45-cm-wide-oak-ish-one-open-shelf\"\u003eMedway 45 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, Open Shelf, Light Mango\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, £120\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/floating-bedside-table-45-cm-wide-oak-ish-one-drawer-and-one-open-shelf\"\u003eMedway 45 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, Drawer and Slot\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, £168\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/floating-bedside-table-45-cm-wide-chestnut-2-drawers\"\u003eMedway 45 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, 2 Drawers, Chestnut or Light\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, from £171\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wall-mounted-bedside-table-30-cm-walnut-honey\"\u003eColn 30 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, Drawer, Walnut or Honey\u003c\/a\u003e — 15 cm narrower, from £131\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/floating-bedside-tables\"\u003eSee every wall-mounted piece we stock\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/floating-bedside-tables\"\u003ehow they fix to the wall\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eevery bedside table we sell\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"Chestnut","offer_id":67634964856995,"sku":"BT-1080","price":178.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/IN3743-1-1.jpg?v=1791409524"},{"product_id":"low-bedside-table-45-cm-shelf-drawer-arched-chestnut","title":"Darent 45 cm Low Bedside Table, Shelf and Drawer, Chestnut","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Darent 45 cm is a low bedside table in solid mango wood with a chestnut finish, 45 cm wide, 35 cm deep and 45 cm tall, with an open shelf, a drawer and no legs. It suits a mattress top 40 to 50 cm off the floor. Free UK delivery in 1 working day, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eA low, solid table in rich chestnut: thick curved side panels form the base, with an open shelf under the arched top and a drawer below it. No legs, so it sits firmly and is heavy for its size, 16 kg. At 45 cm it suits a low bed or a platform bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWill it fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the gap between your bed and the wall at its narrowest point, including the skirting board. This table needs \u003cstrong\u003e45 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of width and \u003cstrong\u003e35 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat fits on top\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA lamp, a book and a glass side by side on the 45 × 35 cm top.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHeight\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e45 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e tall, it suits a bed whose mattress top sits between 40 and 50 cm off the floor. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/bedside-table-height\"\u003eHow to measure that\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--rangement--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has \u003cstrong\u003eone open shelf\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eone drawer\u003c\/strong\u003e below it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDelivery and assembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree UK delivery, within 1 working day of your order to the mainland. Our product details do not say whether it arrives assembled. Ask us before you order and we will confirm it in writing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a 47 cm gap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: it is 45 cm wide, and about 2 cm of margin lets the drawer open and your hand reach in, so a gap of 47 cm or more works. It is 35 cm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat bed height does it suit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 45 cm tall, it suits a mattress top between 40 and 50 cm off the floor: the top of a bedside table works best within about 5 cm of the top of the mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy two?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: order two of this table in the same finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePacked box\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55 × 45 × 55 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Darent 45 cm compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther tables we sell in the same solid mango wood, in similar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bedside-table-45-cm-wide-chestnut-one-open-shelf\"\u003eEden 45 cm Open Bedside Table, Chestnut Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 5 cm taller, £168\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/curved-bedside-table-45-cm-2-drawers-mango-wood\"\u003eOuse 45 cm Curved Bedside Table, 2 Drawers, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 10 cm taller, from £200\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/oval-bedside-table-45-cm-2-drawers-chestnut\"\u003eOval Bedside Table, 45 cm, 2 Drawers, Chestnut Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 9 cm taller, £212\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/fluted-2-drawer-bedside-table-45-cm-dark-mocha\"\u003eFluted 2 Drawer Bedside Table, 45 cm, Dark Mocha Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 10 cm taller, £216\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eSee the full range\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"Chestnut","offer_id":67634965119139,"sku":"BT-1081","price":212.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/IN3994-2.jpg?v=1791409533"},{"product_id":"narrow-curved-bedside-table-30-cm-slot-above-drawer","title":"Ouse 30 cm Curved Bedside Table, Slot Above Drawer, Mango Wood","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis Ouse 30 is a narrow curved bedside table in solid mango wood, 30 cm wide, 30 cm deep and 55 cm tall, with an open slot over a drawer, on splayed legs, in chestnut or light. It suits a mattress top 50 to 60 cm off the floor. Free UK delivery in 1 working day, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe other way round from our Ouse 30 cm with a lower slot: here the open slot is at the top, just under the worktop, and the drawer sits below it, on four splayed tapered legs with rounded edges. The slot keeps a phone or glasses within easy reach.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWill it fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the gap between your bed and the wall at its narrowest point, including the skirting board. This table needs \u003cstrong\u003e30 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of width and \u003cstrong\u003e30 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat fits on top\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA small lamp or a phone and a glass on the 30 × 30 cm top.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHeight\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e55 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e tall, it suits a bed whose mattress top sits between 50 and 60 cm off the floor. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/bedside-table-height\"\u003eHow to measure that\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--rangement--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has \u003cstrong\u003eone open slot\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eone drawer\u003c\/strong\u003e below it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDelivery and assembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree UK delivery, within 1 working day of your order to the mainland. Our specification lists it as knock-down, so expect some light assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a 32 cm gap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: it is 30 cm wide, and about 2 cm of margin lets the drawer open and your hand reach in, so a gap of 32 cm or more works. It is 30 cm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat bed height does it suit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 55 cm tall, it suits a mattress top between 50 and 60 cm off the floor: the top of a bedside table works best within about 5 cm of the top of the mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy two?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: order two of this table in the same finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Ouse 30 cm compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther tables we sell in the same solid mango wood, in similar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/narrow-bedside-table-30-cm-wide-chestnut-curved-open\"\u003eEden 30 cm Open Bedside Table, Chestnut Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 5 cm lower, £112\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/narrow-bedside-table-30-cm-wide-chestnut-curved\"\u003eArun 30 cm Bedside Table, Drawer, Chestnut Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 15 cm lower, £121\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/small-black-bedside-table-30-cm-drawer-open-shelf\"\u003eSmall Black Bedside Table, 30 cm, Drawer and Open Shelf\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 2 cm taller, £126\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/narrow-bedside-table-30-cm-2-drawers-tall-legs\"\u003eAvon 30 cm Bedside Table, 2 Drawers, Tall Legs, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 2 cm taller, from £137\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/30cm-bedside-tables\"\u003eSee every table exactly 30 cm wide\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/narrow-bedside-tables\"\u003ethe whole narrow range\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eevery bedside table we sell\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"Chestnut","offer_id":67634965348515,"sku":"BT-1082","price":154.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Light","offer_id":67634965381283,"sku":"BT-1083","price":159.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/IN3313-1-1.jpg?v=1791409541"},{"product_id":"rattan-bedside-table-55-cm-woven-top-mango-wood","title":"Rattan Bedside Table, 55 cm, Woven Top, Solid Mango Wood","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a rattan bedside table in solid mango wood with a woven top and a honey caramel finish, 55 cm wide, 35 cm deep and 55 cm tall, with an open space and a drawer. It suits a mattress top 50 to 60 cm off the floor. Free UK delivery in 1 working day, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eA rattan bedside table with a woven top in a herringbone pattern, set into a solid mango wood frame in a honey caramel finish. Below the top there is an open space, then a low drawer with a slim brass handle, on four straight square legs. At 55 cm wide it gives a generous surface for a double or king bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWill it fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the gap between your bed and the wall at its narrowest point, including the skirting board. This table needs \u003cstrong\u003e55 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of width and \u003cstrong\u003e35 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat fits on top\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA full lamp, a book and a glass side by side on the 55 × 35 cm woven top.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHeight\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e55 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e tall, it suits a bed whose mattress top sits between 50 and 60 cm off the floor. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/bedside-table-height\"\u003eHow to measure that\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--rangement--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has \u003cstrong\u003eone open space\u003c\/strong\u003e under the top and \u003cstrong\u003eone drawer\u003c\/strong\u003e below it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDelivery and assembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree UK delivery, within 1 working day of your order to the mainland. Our specification lists it as fully assembled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a 57 cm gap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: it is 55 cm wide, and about 2 cm of margin leaves room for your hand, so a gap of 57 cm or more works. It is 35 cm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat bed height does it suit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 55 cm tall, it suits a mattress top between 50 and 60 cm off the floor: the top of a bedside table works best within about 5 cm of the top of the mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy two?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: order two of this table in the same finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a king or super king bed, see all our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/wide-bedside-tables\"\u003ewide bedside tables\u003c\/a\u003e, with the size of each in cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePacked box\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e65 × 45 × 65 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Rattan Bedside Table compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther tables we sell in the same solid mango wood, in similar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wide-dark-bedside-table-55-cm-drawer-shelf-mocha\"\u003eWide Dark Bedside Table, 55 cm, Drawer and Shelf, Mocha Mango\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 5 cm lower, £256\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/low-bedside-table-45-cm-shelf-drawer-arched-chestnut\"\u003eDarent 45 cm Low Bedside Table, Shelf and Drawer, Chestnut\u003c\/a\u003e — 10 cm narrower, 10 cm lower, £212\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/walnut-bedside-table-45-cm-2-drawers-mango-wood\"\u003eWalnut Finish Bedside Table, 45 cm, 2 Drawers, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — 10 cm narrower, 1 cm lower, £220.95\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bedside-table-45-cm-drawer-open-shelf-chestnut\"\u003eLune 45 cm Bedside Table, Drawer and Shelf, Chestnut Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — 10 cm narrower, 5 cm lower, £237\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wide-3-drawer-bedside-table-55-cm-panelled-mango\"\u003eWide 3 Drawer Bedside Table, 55 cm, Panelled Fronts, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 8 cm taller, from £362\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wide-bedside-table-55-cm-open-shelf-2-drawers-panelled\"\u003eWide Bedside Table, 55 cm, Open Shelf and 2 Drawers, Panelled\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 8 cm taller, £401\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eSee the full range\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"Honey Caramel","offer_id":67639695409315,"sku":"BT-1086","price":264.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/IN4040-2.jpg?v=1791439537"},{"product_id":"round-bedside-table-40-cm-1-drawer-mango-wood","title":"Round Bedside Table, 40 cm, 1 Drawer, Solid Mango Wood","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a round bedside table in solid mango wood with a light or chestnut finish, 40 cm wide, 40 cm deep and 56 cm tall, with one drawer with a small knob on four splayed legs. It suits a mattress top 51 to 61 cm off the floor. Free UK delivery in 1 working day, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eA round bedside table: a circular body 40 cm across with one drawer and a small knob, on four splayed legs. With no corners it is easy to walk past in a tight bedroom. In a light oak-ish finish or chestnut; the chestnut legs look slightly more tapered in the product photos.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWill it fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the gap between your bed and the wall at its narrowest point, including the skirting board. This table needs \u003cstrong\u003e40 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of width and \u003cstrong\u003e40 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat fits on top\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA lamp and a book, or a lamp and a glass, on the 40 cm round top.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHeight\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e56 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e tall, it suits a bed whose mattress top sits between 51 and 61 cm off the floor. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/bedside-table-height\"\u003eHow to measure that\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--rangement--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has \u003cstrong\u003eone drawer\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDelivery and assembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree UK delivery, within 1 working day of your order to the mainland. Our specification lists the light one as knock-down, so expect some light assembly, and the chestnut one as fully assembled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a 42 cm gap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: it is 40 cm wide, and about 2 cm of margin lets the drawer open and your hand reach in, so a gap of 42 cm or more works. It is 40 cm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat bed height does it suit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 56 cm tall, it suits a mattress top between 51 and 61 cm off the floor: the top of a bedside table works best within about 5 cm of the top of the mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy two?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: order two of this table in the same finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrefer a softer shape? See all our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/round-bedside-tables\"\u003eround bedside tables\u003c\/a\u003e, with the size of each in cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e56 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Round Bedside Table compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther tables we sell in the same solid mango wood, in similar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bedside-table-40-cm-wide-raised-tray-top\"\u003eSwale 40 cm Tray Top Bedside Table, Golden Teak Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 12 cm lower, £145\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/half-moon-bedside-table-40-cm-chestnut-mango-wood\"\u003eHalf Moon Bedside Table, 40 cm, 1 Drawer, Chestnut Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 4 cm lower, £151\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/rattan-door-bedside-cabinet-40-cm-open-shelf-mango\"\u003eRattan Door Bedside Cabinet, 40 cm, Open Shelf, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 4 cm taller, £166\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bedside-table-36-cm-wide-single-shelf\"\u003eKennet 36 cm Slatted Bedside Table, Open Shelf, Light Mango\u003c\/a\u003e — 4 cm narrower, 16 cm lower, £112\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bobbin-bedside-cabinet-40-cm-2-drawers-amber-oak\"\u003eBobbin Bedside Cabinet, 40 cm, 2 Drawers, Amber Oak or Winewood\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 1 cm lower, from £203\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eSee the full range\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"Light","offer_id":67639702257827,"sku":"BT-1087","price":165.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Chestnut","offer_id":67639702290595,"sku":"BT-1088","price":165.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/products-in323-2_1.jpg?v=1791439569"},{"product_id":"narrow-walnut-bedside-table-30-cm-drawer-niche","title":"Narrow Walnut Finish Bedside Table, 30 cm, Drawer and Niche","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a narrow bedside table in solid mango wood with a California walnut finish, 30 cm wide, 30 cm deep and 55 cm tall, with curved edges, one drawer and an open niche, on splayed legs. It suits a mattress top 50 to 60 cm off the floor. Free UK delivery in 1 working day, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eA narrow 30 cm bedside table in a warm California walnut finish, with curved edges, one drawer and an open niche, on splayed legs. The walnut is a finish on solid mango wood, not walnut timber.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWill it fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the gap between your bed and the wall at its narrowest point, including the skirting board. This table needs \u003cstrong\u003e30 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of width and \u003cstrong\u003e30 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat fits on top\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA small lamp or a phone and a glass on the 30 × 30 cm top.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHeight\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e55 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e tall, it suits a bed whose mattress top sits between 50 and 60 cm off the floor. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/bedside-table-height\"\u003eHow to measure that\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--rangement--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has \u003cstrong\u003eone drawer\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eone open niche\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDelivery and assembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree UK delivery, within 1 working day of your order to the mainland. Our specification lists it as knock-down, so expect some light assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a 32 cm gap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: it is 30 cm wide, and about 2 cm of margin lets the drawer open and your hand reach in, so a gap of 32 cm or more works. It is 30 cm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat bed height does it suit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 55 cm tall, it suits a mattress top between 50 and 60 cm off the floor: the top of a bedside table works best within about 5 cm of the top of the mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy two?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: order two of this table in the same finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePacked box\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40.0 × 40.0 × 35.0 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.6 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Narrow Walnut Finish Bedside Table compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther tables we sell in the same solid mango wood, in similar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cube-carved-bedside-table-30-cm-2-drawers-tall-legs\"\u003eRother 30 cm Cube Carved Bedside Table, 2 Drawers, Light or Chestnut\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 7 cm taller, from £160\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/narrow-bedside-table-35-cm-wide-oak-ish-modern\"\u003eTamar 35 cm Bedside Table, 2 Drawers, Light Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — 5 cm wider, 15 cm lower, £146\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bedside-table-36-cm-2-open-shelves\"\u003eKennet 36 cm Slatted Bedside Table, 2 Open Shelves, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — 6 cm wider, same height, from £141\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bedside-table-36-cm-4-drawers-mango-wood\"\u003eWye 36 cm Bedside Table, 4 Drawers, Light Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — 6 cm wider, 5 cm taller, £219\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/30cm-bedside-tables\"\u003eSee every table exactly 30 cm wide\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/narrow-bedside-tables\"\u003ethe whole narrow range\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eevery bedside table we sell\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"California Walnut","offer_id":67639711137955,"sku":"BT-1090","price":153.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/narrow-walnut-bedside-table-30-cm-open-niche-drawer-ai-scene-bedroom-v3-2810.webp?v=1793163999"},{"product_id":"walnut-floating-bedside-drawer-40-cm-wall-mounted","title":"Floating Bedside Drawer, 40 cm, Wall Mounted, Walnut or Natural","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a floating bedside drawer in solid mango wood with a California walnut or natural finish, 40 cm wide, 31 cm deep and 11 cm tall, with one curved-front drawer and a brass-colour knob. It fixes to the wall at the height you choose. Free UK delivery in 1 working day, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eA floating bedside drawer: one drawer with a curved front and a brass-colour knob, only 11 cm deep from top to bottom, in a dark California walnut finish with a lighter top, or in a natural light mango finish. It fixes to the wall, so the floor stays clear and you choose the height. Our product details do not say whether screws and wall plugs come with it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWill it fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the gap between your bed and the wall at its narrowest point, including the skirting board. This table needs \u003cstrong\u003e40 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of width and \u003cstrong\u003e31 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat fits on top\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA phone, a glass and a small lamp on the 40 × 31 cm top.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHeight\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is wall mounted, so you choose the height: fix it with the top level with your mattress or a few centimetres above. The unit itself is \u003cstrong\u003e11 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e tall. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/bedside-table-height\"\u003eHow to measure that\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--rangement--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has \u003cstrong\u003eone drawer\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDelivery and assembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree UK delivery, within 1 working day of your order to the mainland. Our specification lists the walnut one as knock-down, so expect some light assembly, and the natural one as fully assembled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a 42 cm gap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: it is 40 cm wide, and about 2 cm of margin lets the drawer open and your hand reach in, so a gap of 42 cm or more works. It is 31 cm deep, measured from the wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat height should I fix it at?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eLevel with the top of your mattress, or a few centimetres above. Because nothing stands on the floor, you choose the height when you fix it, and the skirting board does not get in the way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy two?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: order two of this table in the same finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e31 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePacked box\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50.0 × 41.0 × 21.0 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.9 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Walnut Floating Bedside Drawer compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther tables we sell in the same solid mango wood, in similar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wall-mounted-bedside-table-45-cm-woven-drawer-chestnut\"\u003eBrue 45 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, Woven Drawer, Chestnut\u003c\/a\u003e — 5 cm wider, £178\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wall-mounted-bedside-table-30-cm-2-drawers-chestnut\"\u003eWall Mounted Bedside Table, 30 cm, 2 Drawers, Chestnut or Light Mango\u003c\/a\u003e — 10 cm narrower, £134\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wall-mounted-bedside-table-45-cm-drawer\"\u003eCalder 45 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, Drawer, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — 5 cm wider, £118\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wall-mounted-bedside-table-45-cm-wide-oak-ish-one-open-shelf\"\u003eMedway 45 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, Open Shelf, Light Mango\u003c\/a\u003e — 5 cm wider, £120\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/floating-bedside-tables\"\u003eSee every wall-mounted piece we stock\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/floating-bedside-tables\"\u003ehow they fix to the wall\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eevery bedside table we sell\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"California Walnut","offer_id":67641120555171,"sku":"BT-1093","price":144.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Natural","offer_id":67680806600867,"sku":"BT-1177","price":138.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/IN3814-1-1.jpg?v=1791455670"},{"product_id":"bedside-table-gold-legs-50-cm-fluted-drawer-white-or-black","title":"Bedside Table with Gold Legs, 50 cm, Fluted Drawer, White or Black","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a white or black bedside table in engineered wood, 50 cm wide, 40 cm deep and 47 cm tall, with a fluted drawer above an open shelf, on angled gold-tone legs. It suits a mattress top 42 to 52 cm off the floor. Free UK delivery, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eA low, wide bedside table with a fluted drawer front and an open shelf below, on angled gold-tone legs with a gold-tone handle. In white or black.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWill it fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the gap between your bed and the wall at its narrowest point, including the skirting board. This table needs \u003cstrong\u003e50 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of width and \u003cstrong\u003e40 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat fits on top\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA full lamp, a book and a glass on the 50 × 40 cm top.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHeight\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e47 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e tall, it suits a bed whose mattress top sits between 42 and 52 cm off the floor. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/bedside-table-height\"\u003eHow to measure that\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--rangement--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has \u003cstrong\u003eone drawer\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eone open shelf\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDelivery and assembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree UK delivery. It is sent from a UK warehouse and arrives within 1 to 2 working days of your order. Our product details do not say how much assembly it needs; ask us before you order and we will confirm it in writing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a 52 cm gap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: it is 50 cm wide, and about 2 cm of margin lets the drawer open and your hand reach in, so a gap of 52 cm or more works. It is 40 cm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat bed height does it suit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 47 cm tall, it suits a mattress top between 42 and 52 cm off the floor: the top of a bedside table works best within about 5 cm of the top of the mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy two?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: order two of this table in the same finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a king or super king bed, see all our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/wide-bedside-tables\"\u003ewide bedside tables\u003c\/a\u003e, with the size of each in cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e47 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eOur specification describes the material as engineered wood (a manufactured board, not solid timber).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Bedside Table with Gold Legs compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSimilar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/black-2-drawer-bedside-table-50-cm-gold-legs\"\u003eBlack 2 Drawer Bedside Table, 50 cm, Gold Legs, Fluted Front\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 3 cm taller, £80\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/rattan-bedside-table-40-cm-woven-drawer-shelf\"\u003eRattan Bedside Table, 40 cm, Woven Drawer and Open Shelf\u003c\/a\u003e — 10 cm narrower, 1 cm taller, £51\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/white-bedside-table-40-cm-2-drawers-open-shelves\"\u003eWhite Bedside Table, 40 cm, 2 Drawers and Open Shelves\u003c\/a\u003e — 10 cm narrower, 13 cm taller, £63\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/tall-rattan-bedside-table-40-cm-drawer-woven-door\"\u003eTall Rattan Bedside Table, 40 cm, Drawer and Woven Door\u003c\/a\u003e — 10 cm narrower, 21.5 cm taller, £72\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eSee the full range\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"White","offer_id":67641471008931,"sku":"BT-1097","price":56.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":67641471041699,"sku":"BT-1098","price":58.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/3320504e8af50942c5dfde131009c02d.jpg?v=1791459707"},{"product_id":"white-bedside-table-gold-legs-45-cm-drawer-shelf","title":"White Bedside Table with Gold Legs, 45 cm, Drawer and Shelf","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a white bedside table in engineered wood, 45 cm wide, 40 cm deep and 60 cm tall, with one drawer with a gold-tone bar handle above an open shelf, framed in gold-tone metal legs. It suits a mattress top 55 to 65 cm off the floor. Free UK delivery, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eA white bedside table framed in gold-tone metal legs, with one drawer and a gold-tone bar handle above an open shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWill it fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the gap between your bed and the wall at its narrowest point, including the skirting board. This table needs \u003cstrong\u003e45 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of width and \u003cstrong\u003e40 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat fits on top\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA lamp, a book and a glass on the 45 × 40 cm top.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHeight\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e60 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e tall, it suits a bed whose mattress top sits between 55 and 65 cm off the floor. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/bedside-table-height\"\u003eHow to measure that\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--rangement--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has \u003cstrong\u003eone drawer\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eone open shelf\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDelivery and assembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree UK delivery. It is sent from a UK warehouse and arrives within 1 to 2 working days of your order. Our product details do not say how much assembly it needs; ask us before you order and we will confirm it in writing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a 47 cm gap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: it is 45 cm wide, and about 2 cm of margin lets the drawer open and your hand reach in, so a gap of 47 cm or more works. It is 40 cm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat bed height does it suit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 60 cm tall, it suits a mattress top between 55 and 65 cm off the floor: the top of a bedside table works best within about 5 cm of the top of the mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy two?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: order two of this table in the same finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eOur specification describes the material as engineered wood (a manufactured board, not solid timber).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the White Bedside Table with Gold Legs compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSimilar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/slim-black-bedside-table-30-cm-2-drawers-shelf\"\u003eSlim Black Bedside Table, 30 cm, 2 Drawers and Shelf\u003c\/a\u003e — 15 cm narrower, 5 cm taller, £64\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/2-drawer-bedside-table-45-cm-white-or-black\"\u003e2 Drawer Bedside Table, 45 cm, White or Black, Plinth Base\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 11 cm lower, from £55\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/rattan-bedside-table-45-cm-walnut-finish-gold-handle\"\u003eRattan Bedside Table, 45 cm, Walnut Finish, Gold Handle\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 5 cm lower, £70\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/white-2-drawer-bedside-table-45-cm-black-metal-legs\"\u003eWhite 2 Drawer Bedside Table, 45 cm, Black Metal Legs\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 10 cm lower, £72\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/led-bedside-table-45-cm-2-drawers-high-gloss\"\u003eLED Bedside Table, 45 cm, 2 Drawers, High Gloss, White or Black\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 8 cm lower, £70\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eSee the full range\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"White","offer_id":67641472123043,"sku":"BT-1100","price":56.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/de9415950acda682d7a0ccef28247eb5.jpg?v=1791459731"},{"product_id":"rattan-bedside-table-40-cm-woven-drawer-shelf","title":"Rattan Bedside Table, 40 cm, Woven Drawer and Open Shelf","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a rattan bedside table in engineered wood with a woven rattan drawer front, 40 cm wide, 40 cm deep and 48 cm tall, with a drawer with a wooden bar handle above an open lower shelf. It suits a mattress top 43 to 53 cm off the floor. Free UK delivery, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eA square rattan bedside table: a drawer with a woven front and a wooden bar handle, above an open lower shelf, on four straight legs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWill it fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the gap between your bed and the wall at its narrowest point, including the skirting board. This table needs \u003cstrong\u003e40 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of width and \u003cstrong\u003e40 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat fits on top\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA lamp and a book on the 40 × 40 cm top.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHeight\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e48 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e tall, it suits a bed whose mattress top sits between 43 and 53 cm off the floor. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/bedside-table-height\"\u003eHow to measure that\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--rangement--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has \u003cstrong\u003eone drawer\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eone open shelf\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDelivery and assembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree UK delivery. It is sent from a UK warehouse and arrives within 1 to 2 working days of your order. Our product details do not say how much assembly it needs; ask us before you order and we will confirm it in writing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a 42 cm gap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: it is 40 cm wide, and about 2 cm of margin lets the drawer open and your hand reach in, so a gap of 42 cm or more works. It is 40 cm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat bed height does it suit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 48 cm tall, it suits a mattress top between 43 and 53 cm off the floor: the top of a bedside table works best within about 5 cm of the top of the mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy two?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: order two of this table in the same finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe frame is engineered wood, as listed. Our specification calls the woven panel rattan but does not say whether it is natural cane or a synthetic weave, so we do not claim either.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Rattan Bedside Table compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSimilar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/white-bedside-table-40-cm-2-drawers-open-shelves\"\u003eWhite Bedside Table, 40 cm, 2 Drawers and Open Shelves\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 12 cm taller, £63\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/tall-rattan-bedside-table-40-cm-drawer-woven-door\"\u003eTall Rattan Bedside Table, 40 cm, Drawer and Woven Door\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 20.5 cm taller, £72\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/white-3-drawer-bedside-table-40-cm-wooden-legs\"\u003eWhite 3 Drawer Bedside Table, 40 cm, Wooden Legs\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 20.5 cm taller, £73\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/rattan-bedside-table-40-cm-arched-woven-door\"\u003eRattan Bedside Table, 40 cm, Arched Woven Door\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 10 cm taller, £73\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eSee the full range\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67642639909027,"sku":"BT-1109","price":51.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/6d125125015bdf1917557eff08289d65.jpg?v=1791474729"},{"product_id":"tall-rattan-bedside-table-40-cm-drawer-woven-door","title":"Tall Rattan Bedside Table, 40 cm, Drawer and Woven Door","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a tall rattan bedside table in engineered wood with a woven rattan door panel, 40 cm wide, 40 cm deep and 68.5 cm tall, with a drawer above a cupboard with a woven door and an adjustable shelf. It suits a mattress top 64 to 74 cm off the floor. Free UK delivery, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eA tall rattan bedside cabinet: a drawer on top and a cupboard with a woven door and an adjustable shelf below, with metal bar handles, on tapered wooden legs. At 68.5 cm it suits a high bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWill it fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the gap between your bed and the wall at its narrowest point, including the skirting board. This table needs \u003cstrong\u003e40 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of width and \u003cstrong\u003e40 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat fits on top\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA lamp and a glass on the 40 × 40 cm top.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHeight\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e68.5 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e tall, it suits a bed whose mattress top sits between 64 and 74 cm off the floor. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/bedside-table-height\"\u003eHow to measure that\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--rangement--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has \u003cstrong\u003eone drawer\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eone cupboard\u003c\/strong\u003e with an adjustable shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDelivery and assembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree UK delivery. It is sent from a UK warehouse and arrives within 1 to 2 working days of your order. Our product details do not say how much assembly it needs; ask us before you order and we will confirm it in writing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a 42 cm gap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: it is 40 cm wide, and about 2 cm of margin lets the drawer open and your hand reach in, so a gap of 42 cm or more works. It is 40 cm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat bed height does it suit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 68.5 cm tall, it suits a mattress top between 63.5 and 73.5 cm off the floor: the top of a bedside table works best within about 5 cm of the top of the mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy two?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: order two of this table in the same finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e68.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11.8 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe frame is engineered wood, as listed. Our specification calls the woven panel rattan but does not say whether it is natural cane or a synthetic weave, so we do not claim either.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Tall Rattan Bedside Table compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSimilar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/white-3-drawer-bedside-table-40-cm-wooden-legs\"\u003eWhite 3 Drawer Bedside Table, 40 cm, Wooden Legs\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, same height, £73\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/rattan-bedside-table-40-cm-arched-woven-door\"\u003eRattan Bedside Table, 40 cm, Arched Woven Door\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 10.5 cm lower, £73\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bedside-table-40-cm-wide-raised-tray-top\"\u003eSwale 40 cm Tray Top Bedside Table, Golden Teak Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 24.5 cm lower, £145\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/half-moon-bedside-table-40-cm-chestnut-mango-wood\"\u003eHalf Moon Bedside Table, 40 cm, 1 Drawer, Chestnut Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 16.5 cm lower, £151\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eSee the full range\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67642640892067,"sku":"BT-1112","price":72.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/65802587a0c11abd53633ddadde76775.jpg?v=1791474769"},{"product_id":"rattan-bedside-table-45-cm-walnut-finish-gold-handle","title":"Rattan Bedside Table, 45 cm, Walnut Finish, Gold Handle","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a rattan bedside table in MDF with a woven rattan drawer front and a walnut finish, 45 cm wide, 40 cm deep and 55 cm tall, with an open shelf above a drawer with a gold-tone handle. It suits a mattress top 50 to 60 cm off the floor. Free UK delivery, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eA mid-century style rattan bedside table: an open shelf above a drawer with a woven front and a gold-tone handle, in a walnut finish on four angled wooden legs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWill it fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the gap between your bed and the wall at its narrowest point, including the skirting board. This table needs \u003cstrong\u003e45 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of width and \u003cstrong\u003e40 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat fits on top\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA lamp, a book and a glass on the 45 × 40 cm top.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHeight\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e55 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e tall, it suits a bed whose mattress top sits between 50 and 60 cm off the floor. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/bedside-table-height\"\u003eHow to measure that\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--rangement--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has \u003cstrong\u003eone open shelf\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eone drawer\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore more \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-cabinets\"\u003ebedside cabinets with drawers\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables-with-shelf\"\u003ebedside tables with an open shelf\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDelivery and assembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree UK delivery. It is sent from a UK warehouse and arrives within 1 to 2 working days of your order. Our product details do not say how much assembly it needs; ask us before you order and we will confirm it in writing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a 47 cm gap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: it is 45 cm wide, and about 2 cm of margin leaves room for your hand, so a gap of 47 cm or more works. It is 40 cm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat bed height does it suit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 55 cm tall, it suits a mattress top between 50 and 60 cm off the floor: the top of a bedside table works best within about 5 cm of the top of the mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy two?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: order two of this table in the same finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10.2 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eOur specification gives the material as MDF in a walnut finish. It calls the woven panel rattan but does not say whether it is natural cane or a synthetic weave, so we do not claim either.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Rattan Bedside Table compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSimilar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/2-drawer-bedside-table-45-cm-white-or-black\"\u003e2 Drawer Bedside Table, 45 cm, White or Black, Plinth Base\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 6 cm lower, from £55\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/white-bedside-table-gold-legs-45-cm-drawer-shelf\"\u003eWhite Bedside Table with Gold Legs, 45 cm, Drawer and Shelf\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 5 cm taller, £56\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/white-2-drawer-bedside-table-45-cm-black-metal-legs\"\u003eWhite 2 Drawer Bedside Table, 45 cm, Black Metal Legs\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 5 cm lower, £72\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/grey-round-bedside-table-45-cm-two-tier\"\u003eGrey Round Bedside Table, 45 cm, Two Tier, Turned Legs\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 5 cm taller, £101\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eSee the full range\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67642640924835,"sku":"BT-1113","price":70.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/b78a515d98aed88b26a6afcd606f1f36.png?v=1791474777"},{"product_id":"floating-rattan-bedside-tables-set-of-2-40-cm-drawer","title":"Floating Rattan Bedside Tables, Set of 2, 40 cm, Woven Drawer","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA set of two wall-mounted bedside drawers in oak-effect engineered wood, each 40 cm wide, 30 cm deep and 15 cm tall, with a woven rattan drawer front and a gold-tone handle. They fix to the wall at the height you choose. Free UK delivery, sent from a UK warehouse, within 1 to 2 working days.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eW 40 × D 30 × H 15 cm, each table.\u003c\/strong\u003e Engineered wood in an oak effect, with a woven rattan drawer front.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eTwo wall-mounted bedside drawers in an oak-effect finish, each with a woven rattan front and a gold-tone handle. They float above the floor, so you choose the height. The price is for the pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWill it fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the gap between your bed and the wall at its narrowest point, including the skirting board. This table needs \u003cstrong\u003e40 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of width and \u003cstrong\u003e30 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat fits on top\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA phone, a glass and a small lamp on each 40 × 30 cm top.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHeight\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is wall mounted, so you choose the height: fix it with the top level with your mattress or a few centimetres above. Each unit is \u003cstrong\u003e15 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e tall. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/bedside-table-height\"\u003eHow to measure that\u003c\/a\u003e. Our product details do not say whether screws and wall plugs come with it: plan on fixings suited to your wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--rangement--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach one has \u003cstrong\u003eone drawer\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDelivery and assembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree UK delivery. It is sent from a UK warehouse and arrives within 1 to 2 working days of your order. Our product details do not say how much assembly it needs; ask us before you order and we will confirm it in writing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill they fit a 42 cm gap on each side?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: each table is 40 cm wide, and about 2 cm of margin lets the drawer open and your hand reach in, so a gap of 42 cm or more works. Each is 30 cm deep, measured from the wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat height should I fix them at?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eLevel with the top of your mattress, or a few centimetres above. Because nothing stands on the floor, you choose the height when you fix them, and the skirting board does not get in the way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.4 kg for the pair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe frame is engineered wood, as listed. Our specification calls the woven panel rattan but does not say whether it is natural cane or a synthetic weave, so we do not claim either.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Floating Rattan Bedside Tables pair compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSimilar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/floating-rattan-bedside-tables-set-of-2-40-cm-drawer-shelf\"\u003eFloating Rattan Bedside Tables, Set of 2, 40 cm, Drawer and Shelf\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, £64\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/floating-bedside-tables\"\u003eSee every wall-mounted piece we stock\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/floating-bedside-tables\"\u003ehow they fix to the wall\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eevery bedside table we sell\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67642640957603,"sku":"BT-1114","price":56.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/2b36d556bcc77887106b17c788d5a8d0.jpg?v=1791474786"},{"product_id":"floating-rattan-bedside-tables-set-of-2-40-cm-drawer-shelf","title":"Floating Rattan Bedside Tables, Set of 2, 40 cm, Drawer and Shelf","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA set of two wall-mounted bedside tables in wood-effect engineered wood, each 40 cm wide, 34 cm deep and 23 cm tall, with a woven rattan drawer above an open shelf and a round pine knob. They fix to the wall at the height you choose. Free UK delivery, sent from a UK warehouse, within 1 to 2 working days.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eW 40 × D 34 × H 23 cm, each table.\u003c\/strong\u003e Engineered wood in a wood effect, with a woven rattan drawer front.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eTwo wall-mounted bedside tables, each with a woven rattan drawer above an open shelf and a round pine knob. Our specification rates the drawer and the shelf at 5 kg each. The price is for the pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWill it fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the gap between your bed and the wall at its narrowest point, including the skirting board. This table needs \u003cstrong\u003e40 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of width and \u003cstrong\u003e34 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat fits on top\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA phone, a glass and a small lamp on each 40 × 34 cm top; a book on the shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHeight\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is wall mounted, so you choose the height: fix it with the top level with your mattress or a few centimetres above. Each unit is \u003cstrong\u003e23 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e tall. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/bedside-table-height\"\u003eHow to measure that\u003c\/a\u003e. Our product details do not say whether screws and wall plugs come with it: plan on fixings suited to your wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--rangement--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach one has \u003cstrong\u003eone drawer\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eone open shelf\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDelivery and assembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree UK delivery. It is sent from a UK warehouse and arrives within 1 to 2 working days of your order. Our product details do not say how much assembly it needs; ask us before you order and we will confirm it in writing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill they fit a 42 cm gap on each side?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: each table is 40 cm wide, and about 2 cm of margin lets the drawer open and your hand reach in, so a gap of 42 cm or more works. Each is 34 cm deep, measured from the wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat height should I fix them at?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eLevel with the top of your mattress, or a few centimetres above. Because nothing stands on the floor, you choose the height when you fix them, and the skirting board does not get in the way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e34 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e23 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10.7 kg for the pair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe frame is engineered wood, as listed. Our specification calls the woven panel rattan but does not say whether it is natural cane or a synthetic weave, so we do not claim either.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Floating Rattan Bedside Tables pair compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSimilar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/floating-rattan-bedside-tables-set-of-2-40-cm-drawer\"\u003eFloating Rattan Bedside Tables, Set of 2, 40 cm, Woven Drawer\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, £56\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/floating-bedside-tables\"\u003eSee every wall-mounted piece we stock\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/floating-bedside-tables\"\u003ehow they fix to the wall\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eevery bedside table we sell\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67642641055907,"sku":"BT-1115","price":64.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/094040cd450d226f861ccd204b01a28a.jpg?v=1791474798"},{"product_id":"marble-top-bedside-table-44-cm-fluted-drawer","title":"Marble Top Bedside Table, 44 cm, Fluted, Golden Teak Mango","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a bedside table in solid mango wood with a white marble top and a golden teak finish, 44 cm wide, 34 cm deep and 47 cm tall, with an open compartment above a drawer. It suits a mattress top 42 to 52 cm off the floor. Free UK delivery in 1 working day, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eA marble top bedside table: a white marble slab with rounded corners on a fluted solid mango body in a golden teak finish, with an open compartment above a drawer with a slim brass-look handle, on four rounded ball feet. Our specification describes the top as marble and does not give its thickness or origin. The open compartment goes right through, front to back.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWill it fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the gap between your bed and the wall at its narrowest point, including the skirting board. This table needs \u003cstrong\u003e44 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of width and \u003cstrong\u003e34 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat fits on top\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA lamp and a book or a glass on the 44 × 34 cm marble top.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHeight\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e47 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e tall, it suits a bed whose mattress top sits between 42 and 52 cm off the floor. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/bedside-table-height\"\u003eHow to measure that\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--rangement--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has \u003cstrong\u003eone open compartment\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eone drawer\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore more \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-cabinets\"\u003ebedside cabinets with drawers\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables-with-shelf\"\u003ebedside tables with an open shelf\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDelivery and assembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree UK delivery, within 1 working day of your order to the mainland. Our product details do not say whether it arrives assembled. Ask us before you order and we will confirm it in writing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a 46 cm gap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: it is 44 cm wide, and about 2 cm of margin leaves room for your hand, so a gap of 46 cm or more works. It is 34 cm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat bed height does it suit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 47 cm tall, it suits a mattress top between 42 and 52 cm off the floor: the top of a bedside table works best within about 5 cm of the top of the mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy two?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: order two of this table in the same finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e44 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e34 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e47 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePacked box\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e54 × 44 × 50 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Marble Top Bedside Table compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther tables we sell in the same solid mango wood, in similar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bedside-table-45-cm-wide-chestnut-one-open-shelf\"\u003eEden 45 cm Open Bedside Table, Chestnut Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — 1 cm wider, 3 cm taller, £168\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/curved-bedside-table-45-cm-2-drawers-mango-wood\"\u003eOuse 45 cm Curved Bedside Table, 2 Drawers, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — 1 cm wider, 8 cm taller, from £200\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/low-bedside-table-45-cm-shelf-drawer-arched-chestnut\"\u003eDarent 45 cm Low Bedside Table, Shelf and Drawer, Chestnut\u003c\/a\u003e — 1 cm wider, 2 cm lower, £212\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/oval-bedside-table-45-cm-2-drawers-chestnut\"\u003eOval Bedside Table, 45 cm, 2 Drawers, Chestnut Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — 1 cm wider, 7 cm taller, £212\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eSee the full range\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"Golden Teak","offer_id":67643629863075,"sku":"BT-1117","price":307.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/IN4212-2.jpg?v=1791492077"},{"product_id":"wide-dark-bedside-table-55-cm-drawer-shelf-mocha","title":"Wide Dark Bedside Table, 55 cm, Drawer and Shelf, Mocha Mango","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a wide bedside table in solid mango wood with a velvet mocha finish, 55 cm wide, 30 cm deep and 50 cm tall, with an open shelf, a drawer and two rounded side pillars. It suits a mattress top 45 to 55 cm off the floor. Free UK delivery in 1 working day, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eA wide, sculptural bedside table in a near-black mocha finish: two tall rounded side pillars frame an open shelf and a drawer with a slim brass-toned handle. At 55 cm wide and only 30 cm deep it suits a king bed where the gap is shallow. The shelf is open front and back.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWill it fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the gap between your bed and the wall at its narrowest point, including the skirting board. This table needs \u003cstrong\u003e55 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of width and \u003cstrong\u003e30 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat fits on top\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA full lamp, a book and a glass on the 55 × 30 cm top.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHeight\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e50 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e tall, it suits a bed whose mattress top sits between 45 and 55 cm off the floor. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/bedside-table-height\"\u003eHow to measure that\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--rangement--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has \u003cstrong\u003eone open shelf\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eone drawer\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDelivery and assembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree UK delivery, within 1 working day of your order to the mainland. Our specification lists it as fully assembled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a 57 cm gap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: it is 55 cm wide, and about 2 cm of margin lets the drawer open and your hand reach in, so a gap of 57 cm or more works. It is 30 cm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat bed height does it suit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 50 cm tall, it suits a mattress top between 45 and 55 cm off the floor: the top of a bedside table works best within about 5 cm of the top of the mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy two?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: order two of this table in the same finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a king or super king bed, see all our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/wide-bedside-tables\"\u003ewide bedside tables\u003c\/a\u003e, with the size of each in cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePacked box\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e65 × 40 × 60 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Wide Dark Bedside Table compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther tables we sell in the same solid mango wood, in similar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/rattan-bedside-table-55-cm-woven-top-mango-wood\"\u003eRattan Bedside Table, 55 cm, Woven Top, Solid Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 5 cm taller, £264\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/3-drawer-bedside-table-45-cm-solid-mango-wood\"\u003e3 Drawer Bedside Table, 45 cm, Solid Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — 10 cm narrower, 10 cm taller, from £280\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bamboo-style-bedside-table-45-cm-drawer-shelf\"\u003eBamboo Style Bedside Table, 45 cm, Drawer and Shelf, Dark Mango\u003c\/a\u003e — 10 cm narrower, 10 cm taller, £289\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/marble-top-bedside-table-44-cm-fluted-drawer\"\u003eMarble Top Bedside Table, 44 cm, Fluted, Golden Teak Mango\u003c\/a\u003e — 11 cm narrower, 3 cm lower, £307\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wide-3-drawer-bedside-table-55-cm-panelled-mango\"\u003eWide 3 Drawer Bedside Table, 55 cm, Panelled Fronts, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 13 cm taller, from £362\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wide-bedside-table-55-cm-open-shelf-2-drawers-panelled\"\u003eWide Bedside Table, 55 cm, Open Shelf and 2 Drawers, Panelled\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 13 cm taller, £401\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eSee the full range\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"Velvet Mocha","offer_id":67643633434787,"sku":"BT-1123","price":256.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/IN4217-1.jpg?v=1791492219"},{"product_id":"arched-shelf-bedside-table-45-cm-1-drawer-mango","title":"Arched Shelf Bedside Table, 45 cm, 1 Drawer, Mango Wood","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis bedside table has an arched open shelf over a wide drawer with a brass-toned handle, in solid mango wood with a deep reddish-brown finish, 45 cm wide, 35 cm deep and 55 cm tall. It suits a mattress top 50 to 60 cm off the floor. Free UK delivery in 1 working day, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eA deep reddish-brown bedside table with an arched open shelf at the top and a wide drawer with a long brass-toned handle below, with arched panels on the sides and short square feet. The arched shelf is open front and back.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWill it fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the gap between your bed and the wall at its narrowest point, including the skirting board. This table needs \u003cstrong\u003e45 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of width and \u003cstrong\u003e35 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat fits on top\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA lamp, a book and a glass on the 45 × 35 cm top; a book in the arch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHeight\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e55 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e tall, it suits a bed whose mattress top sits between 50 and 60 cm off the floor. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/bedside-table-height\"\u003eHow to measure that\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--rangement--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has \u003cstrong\u003eone arched open shelf\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eone drawer\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDelivery and assembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree UK delivery, within 1 working day of your order to the mainland. Our specification lists it as fully assembled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it oak?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is solid mango wood; winewood oak is the name of its deep reddish-brown finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the arched shelf open at the back?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the arched shelf is open at the front and at the back.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy two?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/arched-shelf-bedside-tables-set-of-2-45-cm-1-drawer\"\u003eArched Shelf 45 cm set of 2\u003c\/a\u003e is two of this table in one order, £542 for the pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePacked box\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55 × 45 × 65 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Arched Shelf Bedside Table compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther tables we sell in the same solid mango wood, in similar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/arched-shelf-bedside-tables-set-of-2-45-cm-1-drawer\"\u003eArched Shelf 45 cm, set of 2\u003c\/a\u003e — two of this table, £542 for the pair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/round-bedside-table-40-cm-1-drawer-mango-wood\"\u003eRound Bedside Table, 40 cm, 1 Drawer, Solid Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — 5 cm narrower, 1 cm taller, £165\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/rattan-door-bedside-cabinet-40-cm-open-shelf-mango\"\u003eRattan Door Bedside Cabinet, 40 cm, Open Shelf, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — 5 cm narrower, 5 cm taller, £166\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/fluted-marble-top-bedside-table-36-cm-round\"\u003eFluted Marble Top Bedside Table, 36 cm Round, Light Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — 9 cm narrower, 4 cm lower, £230\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wide-dark-bedside-table-55-cm-drawer-shelf-mocha\"\u003eWide Dark Bedside Table, 55 cm, Drawer and Shelf, Mocha Mango\u003c\/a\u003e — 10 cm wider, 5 cm lower, £256\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eSee the full range\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"Winewood Oak","offer_id":67643633959075,"sku":"BT-1124","price":271.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/IN4113-2-1.jpg?v=1791492245"},{"product_id":"half-moon-bedside-table-40-cm-chestnut-mango-wood","title":"Half Moon Bedside Table, 40 cm, 1 Drawer, Chestnut Mango Wood","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a half-moon bedside table in solid mango wood with a chestnut finish, 40 cm wide, 32 cm deep and 52 cm tall, with one curved drawer with a small antique-brass-look knob, on three tapered legs. It suits a mattress top 47 to 57 cm off the floor. Free UK delivery in 1 working day, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eA half-moon bedside table: the top is a half circle with a flat back that sits against the wall, and the single drawer follows the curve of the front, with one small antique-brass-look knob. It stands on three tapered, splayed legs (the photos show three). With no corners at the front, it suits a tight space where you walk past the bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWill it fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the gap between your bed and the wall at its narrowest point, including the skirting board. This table needs \u003cstrong\u003e40 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of width and \u003cstrong\u003e32 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat fits on top\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA lamp and a phone, or a glass and a book, on the 40 × 32 cm half-round top.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHeight\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e52 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e tall, it suits a bed whose mattress top sits between 47 and 57 cm off the floor. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/bedside-table-height\"\u003eHow to measure that\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--rangement--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has \u003cstrong\u003eone drawer\u003c\/strong\u003e. The drawer has a rated load of 1 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDelivery and assembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree UK delivery, within 1 working day of your order to the mainland. Our specification lists it as knock-down, so expect some light assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a 42 cm gap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: it is 40 cm wide, and about 2 cm of margin lets the drawer open and your hand reach in, so a gap of 42 cm or more works. It is 32 cm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat bed height does it suit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 52 cm tall, it suits a mattress top between 47 and 57 cm off the floor: the top of a bedside table works best within about 5 cm of the top of the mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy two?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: order two of this table in the same finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrefer a softer shape? See all our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/round-bedside-tables\"\u003eround bedside tables\u003c\/a\u003e, with the size of each in cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e52 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePacked box\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50.0 × 42.0 × 20.0 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Half Moon Bedside Table compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther tables we sell in the same solid mango wood, in similar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/narrow-curved-bedside-table-30-cm-drawer-slot\"\u003eOuse 30 cm Curved Bedside Table, Drawer and Slot, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — 10 cm narrower, 3 cm taller, from £148\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/small-bedside-table-30-cm-bone-inlay-drawers\"\u003eSmall Bedside Table, 30 cm, 2 Bone Inlay Drawers, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — 10 cm narrower, 5 cm taller, £151\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/narrow-walnut-bedside-table-30-cm-drawer-niche\"\u003eNarrow Walnut Finish Bedside Table, 30 cm, Drawer and Niche\u003c\/a\u003e — 10 cm narrower, 3 cm taller, £153\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/low-bedside-table-30-cm-drawer-open-shelf\"\u003eLune 30 cm Low Bedside Table, Drawer and Shelf, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — 10 cm narrower, 12 cm lower, £154\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bobbin-bedside-cabinet-40-cm-2-drawers-amber-oak\"\u003eBobbin Bedside Cabinet, 40 cm, 2 Drawers, Amber Oak or Winewood\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 3 cm taller, from £203\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eSee the full range\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"Chestnut","offer_id":67644117975203,"sku":"BT-1125","price":151.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/IN1735-1-1.jpg?v=1791504019"},{"product_id":"small-black-bedside-table-30-cm-drawer-open-shelf","title":"Small Black Bedside Table, 30 cm, Drawer and Open Shelf","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a small bedside table in solid mango wood with an ash black finish, 30 cm wide, 30 cm deep and 57 cm tall, with an open compartment above a drawer with a small brass-coloured knob. It suits a mattress top 52 to 62 cm off the floor. Free UK delivery in 1 working day, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eA small black bedside table with an open compartment at the top and one drawer below it, with a small brass-coloured knob, on four black tapered, splayed legs. The open compartment goes right through, front to back. The black is a matt charcoal wash, so the wood grain shows through.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWill it fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the gap between your bed and the wall at its narrowest point, including the skirting board. This table needs \u003cstrong\u003e30 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of width and \u003cstrong\u003e30 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat fits on top\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA small lamp and a phone on the 30 × 30 cm top; a book or glasses in the open compartment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHeight\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e57 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e tall, it suits a bed whose mattress top sits between 52 and 62 cm off the floor. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/bedside-table-height\"\u003eHow to measure that\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--rangement--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has \u003cstrong\u003eone open compartment\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eone drawer\u003c\/strong\u003e. Each has a rated load of 1 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDelivery and assembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree UK delivery, within 1 working day of your order to the mainland. Our specification lists it as knock-down, so expect some light assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a 32 cm gap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: it is 30 cm wide, and about 2 cm of margin lets the drawer open and your hand reach in, so a gap of 32 cm or more works. It is 30 cm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat bed height does it suit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 57 cm tall, it suits a mattress top between 52 and 62 cm off the floor: the top of a bedside table works best within about 5 cm of the top of the mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy two?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: order two of this table in the same finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e57 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePacked box\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40.0 × 40.0 × 35.0 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Small Black Bedside Table compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther tables we sell in the same solid mango wood, in similar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/narrow-bedside-table-30-cm-wide-chestnut-curved-open\"\u003eEden 30 cm Open Bedside Table, Chestnut Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 7 cm lower, £112\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/narrow-bedside-table-30-cm-wide-chestnut-curved\"\u003eArun 30 cm Bedside Table, Drawer, Chestnut Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 17 cm lower, £121\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/narrow-bedside-table-30-cm-2-drawers-tall-legs\"\u003eAvon 30 cm Bedside Table, 2 Drawers, Tall Legs, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, same height, from £137\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/narrow-curved-bedside-table-30-cm-drawer-slot\"\u003eOuse 30 cm Curved Bedside Table, Drawer and Slot, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 2 cm lower, from £148\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/30cm-bedside-tables\"\u003eSee every table exactly 30 cm wide\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/narrow-bedside-tables\"\u003ethe whole narrow range\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eevery bedside table we sell\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"Ash Black","offer_id":67644120662179,"sku":"BT-1128","price":126.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/IN967-2.jpg?v=1791504055"},{"product_id":"bamboo-style-bedside-table-45-cm-drawer-shelf","title":"Bamboo Style Bedside Table, 45 cm, Drawer and Shelf, Dark Mango","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a bamboo style bedside table in solid mango wood with a roasted almond finish, 45 cm wide, 36 cm deep and 60 cm tall, with a drawer above an open lower shelf. It suits a mattress top 55 to 65 cm off the floor. Free UK delivery in 1 working day, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eA bedside table carved to look like bamboo: the four legs are turned with rings, the top has a rolled edge and a bamboo-style rail runs under the drawer. One drawer with a small antique brass knob sits above an open lower shelf joining the legs. In the photos the finish is a dark chocolate brown.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWill it fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the gap between your bed and the wall at its narrowest point, including the skirting board. This table needs \u003cstrong\u003e45 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of width and \u003cstrong\u003e36 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat fits on top\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA lamp, a book and a glass on the 45 × 36 cm top; more books on the shelf below.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHeight\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e60 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e tall, it suits a bed whose mattress top sits between 55 and 65 cm off the floor. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/bedside-table-height\"\u003eHow to measure that\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--rangement--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has \u003cstrong\u003eone drawer\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eone open lower shelf\u003c\/strong\u003e. The shelf has a rated load of 3 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDelivery and assembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree UK delivery, within 1 working day of your order to the mainland. Our specification lists it as fully assembled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a 47 cm gap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: it is 45 cm wide, and about 2 cm of margin lets the drawer open and your hand reach in, so a gap of 47 cm or more works. It is 36 cm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat bed height does it suit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 60 cm tall, it suits a mattress top between 55 and 65 cm off the floor: the top of a bedside table works best within about 5 cm of the top of the mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy two?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: order two of this table in the same finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrefer a darker wood? See all our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dark-wood-bedside-tables\"\u003edark wood bedside tables\u003c\/a\u003e, with the size of each in cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePacked box\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55 × 46 × 70 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Bamboo Style Bedside Table compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther tables we sell in the same solid mango wood, in similar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bedside-table-45-cm-wide-chestnut-one-open-shelf\"\u003eEden 45 cm Open Bedside Table, Chestnut Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 10 cm lower, £168\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/curved-bedside-table-45-cm-2-drawers-mango-wood\"\u003eOuse 45 cm Curved Bedside Table, 2 Drawers, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 5 cm lower, from £200\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/low-bedside-table-45-cm-shelf-drawer-arched-chestnut\"\u003eDarent 45 cm Low Bedside Table, Shelf and Drawer, Chestnut\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 15 cm lower, £212\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/oval-bedside-table-45-cm-2-drawers-chestnut\"\u003eOval Bedside Table, 45 cm, 2 Drawers, Chestnut Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 6 cm lower, £212\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eSee the full range\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"Roasted Almond","offer_id":67644122366115,"sku":"BT-1130","price":289.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/IN4123-2.jpg?v=1791504083"},{"product_id":"small-bedside-table-30-cm-drawer-open-shelf-mango-wood","title":"Small Bedside Table, 30 cm, Drawer and Open Shelf, Mango Wood","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a small bedside table in solid mango wood with a chestnut or light finish, 30 cm wide, 30 cm deep and 57 cm tall, with an open compartment above a drawer, on tall legs. It suits a mattress top 52 to 62 cm off the floor. Free UK delivery in 1 working day, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eA small square bedside table with an open compartment at the top and one drawer below it, raised on four tall, tapered, splayed legs that take up about two thirds of its height. The open compartment goes right through, front to back. It comes in chestnut, a reddish brown, or a light oak-like tone; the knob is brass-coloured on the chestnut one and dark bronze on the light one.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWill it fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the gap between your bed and the wall at its narrowest point, including the skirting board. This table needs \u003cstrong\u003e30 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of width and \u003cstrong\u003e30 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat fits on top\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA small lamp and a phone on the 30 × 30 cm top; a book or glasses in the open compartment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHeight\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e57 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e tall, it suits a bed whose mattress top sits between 52 and 62 cm off the floor. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/bedside-table-height\"\u003eHow to measure that\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--rangement--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has \u003cstrong\u003eone open compartment\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eone drawer\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDelivery and assembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree UK delivery, within 1 working day of your order to the mainland. Our specification lists it as knock-down, so expect some light assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a 32 cm gap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: it is 30 cm wide, and about 2 cm of margin lets the drawer open and your hand reach in, so a gap of 32 cm or more works. It is 30 cm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat bed height does it suit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 57 cm tall, it suits a mattress top between 52 and 62 cm off the floor: the top of a bedside table works best within about 5 cm of the top of the mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy two?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: order two of this table in the same finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e57 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Small Bedside Table compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther tables we sell in the same solid mango wood, in similar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/narrow-bedside-table-30-cm-wide-chestnut-curved-open\"\u003eEden 30 cm Open Bedside Table, Chestnut Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 7 cm lower, £112\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/narrow-bedside-table-30-cm-wide-chestnut-curved\"\u003eArun 30 cm Bedside Table, Drawer, Chestnut Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 17 cm lower, £121\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/small-black-bedside-table-30-cm-drawer-open-shelf\"\u003eSmall Black Bedside Table, 30 cm, Drawer and Open Shelf\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, same height, £126\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/narrow-bedside-table-30-cm-2-drawers-tall-legs\"\u003eAvon 30 cm Bedside Table, 2 Drawers, Tall Legs, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, same height, from £137\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/30cm-bedside-tables\"\u003eSee every table exactly 30 cm wide\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/narrow-bedside-tables\"\u003ethe whole narrow range\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eevery bedside table we sell\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"Chestnut","offer_id":67644759048355,"sku":"BT-1132","price":165.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Light","offer_id":67644759081123,"sku":"BT-1133","price":175.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/IN1395-1.jpg?v=1791512830"},{"product_id":"bedside-table-with-shelf-45-cm-drawer-chestnut","title":"Bedside Table with Shelf, 45 cm, Drawer, Rounded Frame, Chestnut","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a bedside table in solid mango wood with a chestnut finish, 45 cm wide, 35 cm deep and 50 cm tall, with a drawer above an open lower shelf, in a rounded frame. It suits a mattress top 45 to 55 cm off the floor. Free UK delivery in 1 working day, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eA chestnut bedside table built like a frame of rounded rails: thick round legs at the corners, softly rounded edges round the top and the drawer, and an open lower shelf edged with a rounded rail. The single drawer has a slim brass bar handle. The shelf is open on all four sides.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWill it fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the gap between your bed and the wall at its narrowest point, including the skirting board. This table needs \u003cstrong\u003e45 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of width and \u003cstrong\u003e35 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat fits on top\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA lamp, a book and a glass on the 45 × 35 cm top; books or a basket on the shelf below.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHeight\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e50 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e tall, it suits a bed whose mattress top sits between 45 and 55 cm off the floor. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/bedside-table-height\"\u003eHow to measure that\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--rangement--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has \u003cstrong\u003eone drawer\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eone open lower shelf\u003c\/strong\u003e. The drawer has a rated load of 1 kg and the shelf 5 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDelivery and assembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree UK delivery, within 1 working day of your order to the mainland. Our specification lists it as fully assembled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a 47 cm gap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: it is 45 cm wide, and about 2 cm of margin lets the drawer open and your hand reach in, so a gap of 47 cm or more works. It is 35 cm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat bed height does it suit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 50 cm tall, it suits a mattress top between 45 and 55 cm off the floor: the top of a bedside table works best within about 5 cm of the top of the mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy two?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: order two of this table in the same finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePacked box\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55 × 45 × 60 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Bedside Table with Shelf compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther tables we sell in the same solid mango wood, in similar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bedside-table-45-cm-wide-chestnut-one-open-shelf\"\u003eEden 45 cm Open Bedside Table, Chestnut Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, same height, £168\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/low-2-drawer-bedside-table-39-cm-tall-chestnut\"\u003eLow 2 Drawer Bedside Table, 45 cm Wide, 39 cm Tall, Chestnut\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 11 cm lower, £181\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bedside-table-45-cm-drawer-open-slot-light-mango\"\u003eBedside Table, 45 cm, Drawer and Open Slot, Light Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 7 cm taller, £195\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/curved-bedside-table-45-cm-2-drawers-mango-wood\"\u003eOuse 45 cm Curved Bedside Table, 2 Drawers, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 5 cm taller, from £200\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eSee the full range\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"Chestnut","offer_id":67644759474339,"sku":"BT-1134","price":209.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/IN4022-1.jpg?v=1791512845"},{"product_id":"bedside-table-45-cm-drawer-open-slot-light-mango","title":"Bedside Table, 45 cm, Drawer and Open Slot, Light Mango Wood","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a bedside table in solid mango wood with a light finish, 45 cm wide, 35 cm deep and 57 cm tall, with an open slot above a full-width drawer with a dark bronze-look knob. It suits a mattress top 52 to 62 cm off the floor. Free UK delivery in 1 working day, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eA light mango wood bedside table with an open slot at the top and a full-width drawer below with a dark bronze-look knob, on four tapered, splayed legs. The open slot goes right through, front to back, so it suits a cable to a lamp or a phone charger.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWill it fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the gap between your bed and the wall at its narrowest point, including the skirting board. This table needs \u003cstrong\u003e45 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of width and \u003cstrong\u003e35 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat fits on top\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA lamp, a book and a glass on the 45 × 35 cm top; a phone or glasses in the open slot.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHeight\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e57 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e tall, it suits a bed whose mattress top sits between 52 and 62 cm off the floor. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/bedside-table-height\"\u003eHow to measure that\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--rangement--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has \u003cstrong\u003eone open slot\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eone drawer\u003c\/strong\u003e. The drawer has a rated load of 2 kg and the slot 8 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDelivery and assembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree UK delivery, within 1 working day of your order to the mainland. Our specification lists it as knock-down, so expect some light assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a 47 cm gap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: it is 45 cm wide, and about 2 cm of margin lets the drawer open and your hand reach in, so a gap of 47 cm or more works. It is 35 cm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat bed height does it suit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 57 cm tall, it suits a mattress top between 52 and 62 cm off the floor: the top of a bedside table works best within about 5 cm of the top of the mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy two?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: order two of this table in the same finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e57 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePacked box\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55.0 × 45.0 × 57.0 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9.8 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Bedside Table compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther tables we sell in the same solid mango wood, in similar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/walnut-bedside-table-45-cm-2-drawers-mango-wood\"\u003eWalnut Finish Bedside Table, 45 cm, 2 Drawers, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 3 cm lower, £220.95\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bedside-table-45-cm-drawer-open-shelf-chestnut\"\u003eLune 45 cm Bedside Table, Drawer and Shelf, Chestnut Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 7 cm lower, £237\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/2-drawer-bedside-table-45-cm-light-mango-splayed-legs\"\u003e2 Drawer Bedside Table, 45 cm, Light Mango Wood, Splayed Legs\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, same height, £241\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bubble-bedside-table-45-cm-2-capsule-drawers-chestnut\"\u003eBubble Bedside Table, 45 cm, 2 Capsule Drawers, Chestnut Mango\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 7 cm lower, £254\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eSee the full range\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"Light","offer_id":67644760555683,"sku":"BT-1136","price":195.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/products-in143.jpg?v=1791512872"},{"product_id":"curved-bedside-table-45-cm-drawer-open-slot-chestnut","title":"Curved Bedside Table, 45 cm, Drawer and Open Slot, Chestnut","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a curved bedside table in solid mango wood with a chestnut finish, 45 cm wide, 35 cm deep and 56 cm tall, with a drawer above an open slot, on four tapered legs. It suits a mattress top 51 to 61 cm off the floor. Free UK delivery in 1 working day, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eA chestnut bedside table with softly rounded corners: a drawer at the top with a small dark knob, and below it an open slot that is closed at the back, so things do not fall behind it. It stands on four tapered, splayed legs in a darker stain than the body.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWill it fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the gap between your bed and the wall at its narrowest point, including the skirting board. This table needs \u003cstrong\u003e45 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of width and \u003cstrong\u003e35 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat fits on top\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA lamp, a book and a glass on the 45 × 35 cm top; a phone or glasses in the open slot.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHeight\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e56 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e tall, it suits a bed whose mattress top sits between 51 and 61 cm off the floor. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/bedside-table-height\"\u003eHow to measure that\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--rangement--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has \u003cstrong\u003eone drawer\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eone open slot\u003c\/strong\u003e below it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDelivery and assembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree UK delivery, within 1 working day of your order to the mainland. Our specification lists it as knock-down, so expect some light assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a 47 cm gap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: it is 45 cm wide, and about 2 cm of margin lets the drawer open and your hand reach in, so a gap of 47 cm or more works. It is 35 cm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat bed height does it suit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 56 cm tall, it suits a mattress top between 51 and 61 cm off the floor: the top of a bedside table works best within about 5 cm of the top of the mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy two?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: order two of this table in the same finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e56 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePacked box\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55.0 × 45.0 × 45.0 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Curved Bedside Table compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther tables we sell in the same solid mango wood, in similar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bedside-table-45-cm-wide-chestnut-one-open-shelf\"\u003eEden 45 cm Open Bedside Table, Chestnut Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 6 cm lower, £168\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/low-2-drawer-bedside-table-39-cm-tall-chestnut\"\u003eLow 2 Drawer Bedside Table, 45 cm Wide, 39 cm Tall, Chestnut\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 17 cm lower, £181\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bedside-table-45-cm-drawer-open-slot-light-mango\"\u003eBedside Table, 45 cm, Drawer and Open Slot, Light Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 1 cm taller, £195\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/curved-bedside-table-45-cm-2-drawers-mango-wood\"\u003eOuse 45 cm Curved Bedside Table, 2 Drawers, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, 1 cm lower, from £200\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eSee the full range\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"Chestnut","offer_id":67645680779427,"sku":"BT-1141","price":217.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/IN3363-1.jpg?v=1791532797"},{"product_id":"oak-floating-bedside-table-35-cm-drawer","title":"Wey 35 cm Oak Floating Bedside Table with Drawer","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Wey 35 cm is a floating bedside table in oak wood with a mango wood interior and a tiger oak finish, 35 cm wide, 25 cm deep and 18 cm tall, with one full-width drawer. It fixes to the wall at the height you choose. Free UK delivery in 1 working day, 14 days to return.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eA closed wall box with rounded corners and one drawer across the whole front. The drawer front has a plain centre panel between two reeded strips, and a brass ring pull. There is no open shelf, so everything you keep in it stays out of sight. It hangs on a wooden rail that you screw to the wall and that fits into a recess in its back, so the floor stays clear underneath and you choose the height. Our product details do not say whether screws and wall plugs come with it: plan on fixings suited to your wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWill it fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the gap between your bed and the wall at its narrowest point, including the skirting board. This table needs \u003cstrong\u003e35 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of width and \u003cstrong\u003e25 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat fits on top\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA phone, a glass and a small lamp on the 35 × 25 cm top; the drawer takes the rest.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHeight\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is wall mounted, so you choose the height: fix it with the top level with your mattress or a few centimetres above. The unit itself is \u003cstrong\u003e18 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e tall. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/bedside-table-height\"\u003eHow to measure that\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--rangement--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has \u003cstrong\u003eone drawer\u003c\/strong\u003e and no open shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDelivery and assembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree UK delivery, within 1 working day of your order to the mainland. Our specification lists it as fully assembled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a 37 cm gap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: it is 35 cm wide, and about 2 cm of margin lets the drawer open and your hand reach in, so a gap of 37 cm or more works. It is 25 cm deep, measured from the wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat height should I fix it at?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eLevel with the top of your mattress, or a few centimetres above. Because nothing stands on the floor, you choose the height when you fix it, and the skirting board does not get in the way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy two?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: order two of this table in the same finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOak front and exterior, mango wood interior, as listed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTiger oak\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStorage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 drawer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHandle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrass ring pull\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePacked box\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 × 35 × 28 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Wey 35 cm compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSimilar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/floating-bedside-table-35-cm-wide-oak-ish-2-open-shelves\"\u003eMedway 35 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, 2 Shelves, Light Mango\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, £123\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wall-mounted-bedside-table-35-cm-pillar-front-oak\"\u003eWey 35 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, Pillar Front, Oak\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, £153\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wall-mounted-bedside-table-35-cm-box-frame-oak\"\u003eWey 35 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, Box Frame, Oak\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, £153\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wall-mounted-bedside-table-30-cm-drawer\"\u003eCalder 30 cm Wall Mounted Bedside Table, Drawer, Mango Wood\u003c\/a\u003e — 5 cm narrower, £104\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/floating-bedside-tables\"\u003eSee every wall-mounted piece we stock\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/floating-bedside-tables\"\u003ehow they fix to the wall\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eevery bedside table we sell\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"Tiger Oak","offer_id":67659644108963,"sku":"BT-1147","price":138.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/IN4189-1.jpg?v=1791784898"},{"product_id":"floating-bedside-tables-set-of-2-35-cm-drawer-shelf","title":"Floating Bedside Tables Set of 2, 35 cm, Oak Effect or White","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA set of two wall-mounted bedside tables in melamine-faced particleboard, in an oak effect or white, each 35 cm wide, 32 cm deep and 22.5 cm tall, with a handle-free sliding drawer and an open shelf. They fix to the wall at the height you choose. Free UK delivery, sent from a UK warehouse, within 1 to 2 working days.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eW 35 × D 32 × H 22.5 cm, each table.\u003c\/strong\u003e Melamine-faced particleboard, as listed, in an oak effect or white.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eTwo matching wall-mounted bedside tables, one for each side of the bed. Each has a handle-free sliding drawer and an open shelf under a smooth top. They fix to the wall, so the floor stays clear and you choose the height. The price is for the pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWill it fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the gap between your bed and the wall at its narrowest point, including the skirting board. This table needs \u003cstrong\u003e35 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of width and \u003cstrong\u003e32 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat fits on top\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA phone, a glass and a small lamp on each 35 × 32 cm top. Our specification rates each top for 3 kg, the drawer and the shelf for 2.5 kg each, and each table for 8 kg in all.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHeight\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is wall mounted, so you choose the height: fix it with the top level with your mattress or a few centimetres above. The unit itself is \u003cstrong\u003e22.5 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e tall. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/bedside-table-height\"\u003eHow to measure that\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--rangement--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach table has \u003cstrong\u003eone drawer\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eone open shelf\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore more \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-cabinets\"\u003ebedside cabinets with drawers\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables-with-shelf\"\u003ebedside tables with an open shelf\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDelivery and assembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree UK delivery. It is sent from a UK warehouse and arrives within 1 to 2 working days of your order. Our specification says assembly is required. Our product details do not say whether wall fixings come in the box: plan on screws and plugs that suit your wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill they fit a 37 cm gap on each side?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: each table is 35 cm wide, and about 2 cm of margin leaves room for your hand, so a gap of 37 cm or more works. Each is 32 cm deep, measured from the wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat height should I fix them at?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eLevel with the top of your mattress, or a few centimetres above. Because nothing stands on the floor, you choose the height when you fix them, and the skirting board does not get in the way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLoad (specification)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 kg on top, 2.5 kg in the drawer, 2.5 kg on the shelf, 8 kg per table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 kg, the pair as listed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eOur specification describes the material as engineered board, not solid timber.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Floating Bedside Tables Set of 2 pair compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSimilar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/floating-bedside-tables-set-of-2-40-cm-drawer-raised-edge\"\u003eFloating Bedside Tables Set of 2, 40 cm, Drawer, Raised Edge\u003c\/a\u003e — 5 cm wider, from £45\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/floating-rattan-bedside-tables-set-of-2-40-cm-drawer\"\u003eFloating Rattan Bedside Tables, Set of 2, 40 cm, Woven Drawer\u003c\/a\u003e — 5 cm wider, £56\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/floating-rattan-bedside-tables-set-of-2-40-cm-drawer-shelf\"\u003eFloating Rattan Bedside Tables, Set of 2, 40 cm, Drawer and Shelf\u003c\/a\u003e — 5 cm wider, £64\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/floating-bedside-tables\"\u003eSee every wall-mounted piece we stock\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/floating-bedside-tables\"\u003ehow they fix to the wall\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eevery bedside table we sell\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"Oak Effect","offer_id":67663388246179,"sku":"BT-1148","price":56.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"White","offer_id":67663388278947,"sku":"BT-1149","price":51.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/floating-bedside-tables-set-of-2-35-cm-oak-effect-or-white-oak-close-view.webp?v=1793029847"},{"product_id":"floating-bedside-tables-set-of-2-40-cm-drawer-raised-edge","title":"Floating Bedside Tables Set of 2, 40 cm, Drawer, Raised Edge","description":"\u003cp class=\"bt-answer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA set of two wall-mounted bedside tables in particle board, in a natural or grey wood-effect finish, each 40 cm wide, 30 cm deep and 19.5 cm tall, with a sliding drawer and a raised edge round the top, so a clock or a lamp does not slide off. Free UK delivery, sent from a UK warehouse, within 1 to 2 working days.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eW 40 × D 30 × H 19.5 cm, each table.\u003c\/strong\u003e Particle board, as listed, in a natural or grey wood-effect finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--distinct--\u003e\u003cp\u003eTwo matching wall-mounted bedside tables, each with a sliding drawer and a top with a raised edge, so a clock or a lamp does not slide off. They fix to the wall, so the floor stays clear and you choose the height. The price is for the pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWill it fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the gap between your bed and the wall at its narrowest point, including the skirting board. This table needs \u003cstrong\u003e40 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of width and \u003cstrong\u003e30 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e of depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat fits on top\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAn alarm clock, a phone and a glass, or a small lamp, on each 40 × 30 cm top. Our specification gives a maximum load of 10 kg per table.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHeight\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is wall mounted, so you choose the height: fix it with the top level with your mattress or a few centimetres above. The unit itself is \u003cstrong\u003e19.5 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e tall. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/bedside-table-height\"\u003eHow to measure that\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--rangement--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach table has \u003cstrong\u003eone drawer\u003c\/strong\u003e, 32 × 23.5 cm inside and 6.2 cm deep, as listed in our specification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDelivery and assembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree UK delivery. It is sent from a UK warehouse and arrives within 1 to 2 working days of your order. Our specification says assembly is required. Our product details do not say whether wall fixings come in the box: plan on screws and plugs that suit your wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--cotes--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuestions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill they fit a 42 cm gap on each side?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes: each table is 40 cm wide, and about 2 cm of margin lets the drawer open and your hand reach in, so a gap of 42 cm or more works. Each is 30 cm deep, measured from the wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat height should I fix them at?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eLevel with the top of your mattress, or a few centimetres above. Because nothing stands on the floor, you choose the height when you fix them, and the skirting board does not get in the way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe measurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDrawer inside (specification)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32 × 23.5 × 6.2 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLoad (specification)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 kg per table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 kg, the pair as listed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eOur specification describes the material as engineered board, not solid timber.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--soeurs--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Floating Bedside Tables Set of 2 pair compares\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSimilar sizes. Each line gives the difference in width and height from this one, then the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/floating-bedside-tables-set-of-2-35-cm-drawer-shelf\"\u003eFloating Bedside Tables Set of 2, 35 cm, Oak Effect or White\u003c\/a\u003e — 5 cm narrower, from £51\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/floating-rattan-bedside-tables-set-of-2-40-cm-drawer\"\u003eFloating Rattan Bedside Tables, Set of 2, 40 cm, Woven Drawer\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, £56\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/floating-rattan-bedside-tables-set-of-2-40-cm-drawer-shelf\"\u003eFloating Rattan Bedside Tables, Set of 2, 40 cm, Drawer and Shelf\u003c\/a\u003e — same width, £64\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/floating-bedside-tables\"\u003eSee every wall-mounted piece we stock\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/floating-bedside-tables\"\u003ehow they fix to the wall\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedside-tables\"\u003eevery bedside table we sell\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/will-it-fit\"\u003echeck your three measurements against the whole catalogue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedside Table UK","offers":[{"title":"Natural Wood Effect","offer_id":67663388999843,"sku":"BT-1150","price":51.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey Wood Effect","offer_id":67663389032611,"sku":"BT-1151","price":45.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/files\/0dcbcce5ed3cf2caaa8b75b7ad077407.jpg?v=1791814064"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0778\/8360\/5155\/collections\/products-in323-2_1.jpg?v=1791769440","url":"https:\/\/bedsidetable.co.uk\/collections\/1-drawer-bedside-tables.oembed?page=2","provider":"Bedside Table UK","version":"1.0","type":"link"}